submittal honeywell
DESCRIPTION
HoneyWell Ashghal SchoolTRANSCRIPT
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
TS No: IITC/E/GLF/15/4985
Dated: 03rd Jan, 2016
TE
CH
NIC
AL
SU
BM
ITT
AL
SUPPLIER
INTEGRA INTERNATIONAL TRADING & CONTRACTING W.L.L P.O.BOX : 24789 DOHA – QATAR TEL: 44369776 FAX: 44369376 E-Mail : [email protected]
PROJECT:-
CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA & VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
MANUFACTURER
CONSULTANT:-
KHATIB AND ALAMI
CLIENT:-
ASGHAL
MAIN CONTRACTOR:-
IMPERIAL TRADING & CONTRACTING CO. W.L.L
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
TECHNICAL SUBMITTAL FOR
CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA & VILLAGES STAGE(10-A)
PACKAGE#4 SECTION 1 COMPANY PROFILE i. INTEGRA INTERNATIONAL ii. HONEYWELL
SECTION 2 ISO CERTIFICATE/QUALITY POLICY,
SECTION 3 HONEYWELL AUTHORIZATION LETTER SECTION 4 SCOPE OF WORK
SECTION 5 COMPLIANCE STATEMENT
SECTION 6 EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE
SECTION 7 I/O POINT SUMMARY
SECTION 8 BILL OF QUANTITY
SECTION 9 CONTROL SCHEMATICS
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
TECHNICAL SUBMITTAL FOR
CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA & VILLAGES STAGE(10-A)
PACKAGE#4 SECTION 10 RISER DIAGRAM SECTION 11 PANEL DRAWINGS SECTION 12 PRODUCT DATA SHEET/
COUNTRY OF ORIGIN CERTIFICATES
SECTION 13 FORM OF GUARANTEE
SECTION 14 GRAPHIC SAMPLES
SECTION 15 PROJECT APPROVALS
SECTION 16 PROJECT REFERENCES
COMPANY PROFILE
INTEGRA INTERNATIONAL
Total Integrated Building Solutions
Integration:For our success. And yours.The Complete Building Solutions’ integration approach literally takes intelligent systems to a new level.
Our broad range of solutions, products, services and expertise allows us to offer customized and seamless
.
Now your systems can be monitored and managed
centrally. It doesn’t matter how many systems you
have, or how many you plan to install in
the future. From a cost-saving standpoint,
our Complete Building Solution offers:
• Lower infrastructure costs
• Lower installation costs
• Lower operating costs
In addition, you will simplify your life with a
centralized, non-redundant solution. And, of course,
realize considerable energy savings – the Complete
Building Solutions’ most important financial
advantage.
Intelligent
effectively facilties manage totransparent methods
S I N G L E - S O U R C E S O L U T I O N S
COMPLETE SOLUT IONS FOR ALL PHASES OF YOUR BU ILD ING SYSTEM L I FE -CYCLE
POWER DISTRIBUTION & MANAGEMENT
SWITCHGEAR
METERING & MONITORING
VARIABLE SPEED DRIVES
POWER QUALITY (UPS)
BUILDING AUTOMATION
HVAC
ELEVATORS
ENERGY MANAGEMENT
SECURITY
DIGITAL VIDEO MANAGEMENT
ACCESS CONTROL
INTRUSION DETECTION
LIGHTING
SCHEDULE-BASED LIGHTING CONTROL
FIRE AND LIFE SAFETY
MONITORING
SMOKE & ELEVATOR CONTROL
DESIGN &INSTALLATION
OPERATIONS &MAINTENANCE
EVALUATION& RETROFIT
A Complete Building Solution seamlessly manages all yourbuilding’s critical systems from a single source.
Case StudyINTEGRATION IMPROVES YOUR BOTTOM L INE
In an independent case study involving a 145,313 square-foot office building with 1,500 occupants,
a research team examined the costs of the traditional approach versus a fully integrated solution.
The systems integrated were:
• Structured Cabling
• Fire and Security
• Lighting Controls
• Building Controls
• Metering and Monitoring
As the results show, the cost-savings were significant – over 24 percent. Findings also show that an
integrated approach offers a broad range of commercial and technical benefits, including a single point of
contact, an efficient project hierarchy, easier equipment deployment and future proofing.
SOURCE: STRATEGIC ICT CONSULTING, APRIL 2005
T R A D I T I O N A L INTEGRATED A P P R O A C H A P P R O A C H D I F F E R E N C E
$ 2 , 4 6 4 , 6 9 3 $ 1 , 8 6 8 , 1 1 6 $ 5 9 6 , 5 7 7
RESULT: 24% SAVINGS
LIGHTING MONITORING & CONTROL
FIRE ALARM MONITORING
ELEVATOR CONTROL
ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION MONITORING & CONTROL
BUILDING AUTOMATION
AUTOMATED PARKING
VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES
POWER MANAGEMENT & MONITORING
ENERGY MANAGEMENT
HVAC MONITORING CONTROL
SECURITY & ACCESS
DIGITAL VIDEO MANAGEMENT
POWER QUALITY CORRECTION & AVAILABILITY
Our Breakthroughs.Your Benefits.Multiple interfaces. Countless vendors and service providers.
Uncoordinated systems. Incompatible solutions. Operational
redundancies. Limited energy savings. Inefficient services.
The problems that arise from installing and managing
isolated building systems are endless. Even worse, the higher
energy costs that result from such inefficiencies continue to
drain – and waste – your energy dollars needlessly.
uilding Solution overcomes these problems.
Our fully integrated, centralized approach eliminates:
• Inconsistent communication and coordination between stand-alone systems
• Connectivity and operational problems caused by non-compatible interfaces and gateways from
multiple vendors, such as:
- Higher engineering and customization costs
- Incompatibility issues and the corresponding costs of new versions and product enhancements
- “Finger-pointing” between vendors when things go wrong
• The difficulty of learning, monitoring and servicing disparate technologies
• The extra management resources needed to maintain numerous isolated systems
With Complete Building Solutions, you replace complex problems with an energy-saving option that
increases your efficiency and minimizes your energy costs.
COMPLETE BUILDING SOLUTIONS BENEFITS
A SINGLE INTERFACE TO ALL YOUR SYSTEMS
MANAGEMENT OF SINGLE BUILDINGS, MULTI-CAMPUS,AND REMOTE SITES FROM A SINGLE COMPUTER
INTEGRATED SYSTEMS
REDUCED NEED FOR TRAINING
REALIZED ENERGY SAVINGS
IMPROVED REPORTING
ENHANCED OPERATIONS
CENTRALIZED ALARM MONITORING AND MANAGEMENT
LABOR SAVINGS/PRODUCTIVITY GAINS
COORDINATED BEHAVIOR ACROSS MULTIPLE SYSTEMS
IMPROVED COMFORT
TRADITIONAL PROBLEMS
MULTIPLE INTERFACES, VENDORS & SERVICE PROVIDERS
FACILITIES MANAGED SEPARATELY
SYSTEM INCOMPATIBILITIES
TRAINING REQUIRED ON MULTIPLE SYSTEMS
INCREASED ENERGY COSTS
MULTIPLE & INCONSISTENT REPORTS
OPERATIONAL INEFFICIENCIES
ISOLATED ALARM NOTIFICATION
LABOR INTENSIVE
ISOLATED SYSTEMS
FREQUENT OCCUPANT COMPLAINTS
One Team, Many Benefits.Complete Building Solutions is a well-planned and centrally managed offering that will make a major
impact and cost-cutting contribution to your building’s operations – not just in the beginning, but over
the entire lifetime of your integrated system.
With Complete Building Solutions, you have:
• One sales team
• One design team
• One installation team
• One service team
• A single point of contact
for all products and
services
• Reduced administrative
costs
• Better communication
and coordination
• Shorter lead times for
design, deployment and
testing
• Centralized engineering resources to oversee:
- Standardized solutions
- Alarm management of multi-building locations
• Volume product purchasing for:
- Reduced equipment costs
- Faster turnaround
- Better quality control
• A fully integrated system, customized to your own, specific needs
Unlike isolated power, automation, engineering and service providers, our Complete Building Solution
handles virtually all of your facility’s automated management needs. And we do so faster and easier than
was ever possible with the traditional “silo” approach.
Shahjan & .Integra Perfect Partners.You have known and trusted Integra Sjhahjann & Internationa for years as fast growing broad offercompanies, we
range of solutions, products and services that will earn your trust as well. Our core offerings include:
BUILDING AUTOMATION
in association work,We manufactures of reputable with building management systems to improve indoor
environments, reduce operating costs, and provide flexibility and ease of operation. Based on industrystandard
protocols, i.e. LONWORKS ® and BACnet®, our open architecture allows interoperability with third-party
systems and provides building managers the freedom to choose a variety of building management
applications. S ystems can monitor and control both individual properties and entire building complexes,
regardless of the size or number of buildings – or how many miles apart.
SECURITY
We design, service implement and
comprehensive building security solutions that
integrate electronic card access, intrusion detection,
photo badging and digital video management.
Our solution eliminates the server and moves
access and functions to the workstation level,
protecting against a central point of failure. Our
approach reduces system vulnerability to attack, and
lowers maintenance and installation costs. The
system also integrates with ELVmultiple systems, offering true interoperability.
FACIL ITY ENERGY & SOLUTIONS
acquisition, data in steps higher go we Complex & Large facilitiesFor
utilize
One
Interconnection to S Bu ystemss all & sPLC, DDC,s,
bills energy in reduction &
maintenance
effective cost visibility, greater management,
effective to lead will Automation of islands separate for Paltform
Management. Asset Automated Predictive &
Management)
Facility Aided(ComputerCAFM ERP, i.e. systems
commercial into data the direct recepient, right the to information right the
bring
to subsystems various integrate to software robust advanced
.
LargestOPC
DataDataAnalysisVisualizationRapid
Modelers Protocol Management Alarm &
tools Reporting & Servers MS-SQL on based Histtorian
Toolkits Servers Access
limitation DCOM without Connection
Servers I/O of amount
I P
Simplified
IPC
Telephony frUser iendly
allPagingVoicemailDesktop Integrated
Simplified architect server Management
System
handling Call
Processing
SYSTEM COMMUNICATION UNIF IED
MULT IMEDIAINTERACTIVE
Intuituitive
Solutions
Fully
Saclable
sessions.
multicast or unicast as distributed streaming videp
quality,
DVD including supported are services TV
interactive digital all that ensures which system cabling
structured
CAT6 over operates System proof. future &
languages. of range
wide supports & management property with integrated
services. & content to access
simultaneous
allows & network IP single on based
screens.
television through services & information entertainment, access
to
guests allows system interactive use to easy
H IGH ACCESS INTERNETSPEED
Datavalet
MultipleHomeBillingGuest
Services Options
re-directionPage Interfaces. System Management Property
Services Broadband
options Broadband modifications.without
Broadband Technology. Play & SolutionConnectivity
needs User of change continuous to Complete
Given
buildings. all of
kindsfor
solution connectivity complete a developing onfocused
has solution proposed our needs, user in changecorresponding
and evolutions technological ofrate increasing the
Adapts
WirelessSacalablePlug
STATE
THERMOSTATS COMMUNICATING ART THEOF
in associationwork, We manufactures of reputable with buildingmanagement systems t
environments, reduce operating costs, and provide flexibility and ease of operation. Based on
standardotocols, i.e. LONWORKS ® and BACnet®, our open architecture allows interoperability with third-party
systems and provides building managers the freedom to choose a variety of building management
applications. S ystems can monitor and control both individual properties and entire building complexes,
regardless of the size or number of buildings – or how many miles apart.
SECURITY
Thermostat function. controller network installation, like Plug
Pre-programmedNoDesigned EasyChanges
cycle life Building of time any easily done at commissioning. cabling, installation, simplify to
required. tool programming or service functions. advanced with sequences
standards. open BMS known all & supports
Plug play,&
.
HOSP ITAL ITY
AUTOMATION HOME&
&guets hotel owners, home living, of ease an makingatAimed
tenants
Individual
FIRE
Smokeounders, strobes
S
detctionspeakers,
StateApprovedMeetsIntegratedEffectiveAddjustable
Heat & Pre-Alarm. & sensitivity
detection. Alarm & Fault functionality stand-alone keeps but Scada & BMS with
Safety. & Life of standards international authority. Defence Civil local by
systems analogue addressable intelligent art the of
DETECTION & ALARM
bone. back fibre Optic or TCP/IP over control & monitor
acquisition,
data for facility System Management Building or
Hospitality Central a from accessed be can unit room/apartment
control.Access and courtesy
console, bedside control, Touch control, remote IR control,
shutter/curtain motorized like functionalitiesautomation controls,
HVAC
dimming, scenes, lighting, in flexibility enjoy can
MotorVariableMDB/SMDB/DB
LVASTA/Lovag
ATS
PLC/ScadaCentralUPSCableMimic Consoles
Management
Systems Battery Integration
Capacitor Banks Panels
Panels Isolator &
Drives Frequecy
Centers Control Certified
4000A to up Panels
Synchronization
Control
LV AUTOMATION INDUSTRIAL &SWITCHGEAR
DEVICES F IELD &
INSTRUMENTATION
Tempenature HumidityEnthalpy, FlowPressureDifferential , Pressure WaterEnergy, Electrical
Valves HydronicsActuators VAV Boxes ,
&
STRUCTURED
We
KeyIntegration Building
OpenCommon Site
Cable Cost Hardware & reduction Platform
Integration
Wide standardisation site-wide Components Technology Systems
Approach
Block Server Central with
Criteria:
network. project optic fibre tolernance fault resilience, high
gigabit
access, browser web, local protocols,
opeb on based approach systems common site-wide a adapt
SYSTEMSCABLING
LIFE
NurseMulti Alarm
RoomDisplayMultimedia
Units Terminals
purpose Kits SystemsCall
CARE) (HEALTH SAFETY &
Our Experience in
Our
-
--
---
OurbuildingSystems Our
omfortablesystems
We
Major us with associated currently are that manufacurers
directives. ROHS by banned substances and components suitable identifying
actively are teams project engineering and quality whereby factories their at products free lead manufacturing of capable are
They
life. daily and operations our of part is consideration environmental that ensure to committed are whom factories
14001 ISO certified by released are introducing are we products the of Most priority. a as environment of protection the
regard
we Integration in leader a As systems. networked traditional of costs up drives typlically which environment, operating
the within programming commissioning, installation, complex adding without features, extraordinary bring that precision
high
with designed Products & Solutions introduce that manufacturers with working by Change Climate againstContribute
control. and communications services, &IT-based integarted ofuse the throughsecure
nvironment &
c
effective, flexible, is which e an with
occupant & opeartor owner, the provide should
infrastructure
its and building a that fact the on based is mission
IT. Building for Integrated Open on based services environment
of provider system preferred customers be to is vision
Maintenance & Operation Service, Division Automation Industrial
Division HVAC Division Gear Switch LV & Panels Cabling Structured & Systems ELV
Division (BMS) System Automation Building
units: main six into structured is business core
60439 60439/BSEN IEC per as facilities testing with equipped are workshops fledged full & certified
9001:2000 ISO is Organization functions. specilaized with people 200 over employs company The 1992. in started Gulf the
.
We
request. on provided be can & completed below we shown buildings theof some on Details Libraries. & Museuems
Industrial,
Retail, Cities, Sport Mosques, Hotels, , Military Government, Universities, Colleges, Schools, Laboratories,
Enterprises, Pharmaceutical Care, Health & Hospitals Buildings, Office Commercial inprojects & regular complex completed have
KDF Center QP MesaieedSport City
Cultural Village Sport Committee City Khalifa
Hospital
Orthopedic
Pearl Pearl Ramada Hotel
Shangrilla Rotana &
Merwab
Mariot Renaissance &
Al
Tower
Bida
Al
Complex
Handaza
Qatar University
www.integraqatar.com PO
Doha Tel: Fax: +974-4369376 +974-4376749+974-4369776,
Qatar of State - 24789 Box
Common Lafan Ras
at Lab
Al Complex
Residential
Handaza Hamad
Center
Acquatic
Jaidah
TowerDiplomat
Tower
Office
Qatar
Tower
Navigation
Lusail
Women
Club
Shafallah
Center
HONEYWELL
Honeywell - A Global Player
More than 120.000 employeesin nearly 100 countries
A Fortune 100 company –$ 33,4 Billion in sales in 2010 (8% up to 2009)
Market Leader
15-Aug-11 Slide 1CentraLine by Honeywell - confidential
Market Leader in Technology and Manufacturing
ACSSpecialty
Materials
Transportation
Systems
Honeywell
TechnologyAerospace
ECCHBS SecuritySensing /
USA EMEA Asia Pacific
15-Aug-11 Slide 2CentraLine by Honeywell - confidential
UAE Qatar Bahrain Kuwait Jordan Egypt LebanonSaudi
Arabia
DEALER & TRADER NETWORK
ECCHBS HPS ED & SLife Safety SecuritySensing /
Control
SystemsBranches and
Performance
Contracting
Process
SolutionsIndustrial
Sensors
ECC Middle East
ECC division is the sales department for more than 30 Honeywell factories worldwide.
Providing solutions for Heating, Ventilation, Air Conditioning, Purification, and domestic water distribution.
15-Aug-11 Slide 3CentraLine by Honeywell - confidential
Products
Design and deliver high quality products and services.
Qualified local Technical Support team and Training Center.
Managing Network of 50 partners (System Integrators, OEM, Trade Dealers…etc.) spread over the Middle East Region countries.
Honeywell‘s different ways to market
Honeywell Automation and Control Solutions
Security Life Safety Sensing & Control(industrial sensors)
Electrical Devices
& Systems (ED&S)
Products
15-Aug-11 Slide 4CentraLine by Honeywell - confidential
Environmental & Combustion Controls(HVAC product creation organization with own production facilities)
Indirect Channel
(Partners)
Honeywell Building Solutions
(HBS): Sales and service
organization
Direct Channel
(HBS)
Project
Products
Products
Products
Project
Organisation Chart ECC - ME
Dilip SinhaECC/ED&S
Reg. General Manager
Vijay KumarECC Sales Leader
Trend Sales LeaderYezdi Daruwalla
5 people
ED&S SalesLeader & team
Other servicesTech/Finance/Cus. service
Sun WeiExec. Assist
• Middle East Head Quarter – Dubai, UAE• Branch office in – Saudi Arabia• Technical team / training centre in Dubai and in Germany / Europe • Highly industry experienced team of Sales / Techncial department
15-Aug-11 Slide 5CentraLine by Honeywell - confidential
Ravindra SwarRegional Sales Magr
Trade&
Nabil Al AidRegional Sales
Phoenix
Yasser Sha’abanKSA Sales Manager
Hazem RadySales Magr
Kuwait, Egypt,Africa, Med
Gopal KrishnaSales Magr ,
CentralineME Region
UAERegion
Radhika RaghaniInternal Sales
SupportManager
Ravish Channe
Sales Manager
Alerton
ME region
Mohammed ArouriAlerton Sales
Nisin TariqCentraline
managerU.A.E)
Khalil ArafaeCentraline Sales
KSA
TBHUAE
AlertonSales
Office AdminTBH
Nisin TariqCentraline
manager(U.A.E)
AlertonSales Engineer
UAE , Qattar
QatarCentralineEngineer
Qatar Alerton SalAlertones
Khalil ArafaeCentraline Sales
Mohammed ArouriAlerton sales
Nader Mansour Technical
Hassan LokhandwalaTechnical support
The CentraLine Brand
Established by Honeywell
Focus: Intelligent, integrated, energy-efficient building solutions
Exclusively marketed through CentraLine Partners
400 carefully selected and trained building solution specialists
Customer benefit
=Flexible partners
+
15-Aug-11 Slide 6CentraLine by Honeywell - confidential
specialistsBacked up by a comprehensive support infrastructure
In Europe, Middle East and Africa
Austria Greece Netherlands Sweden
Bahrain Hungary Norway Switzerland
Croatia Oman Qatar Syria
Czech Republic Jordan Romania Tunisia
Denmark Kuwait Saudi Arabia Turkey
Egypt Latvia Serbia Ukraine
Estonia Lebanon Slovakia United Arab Emirates
France Lithuania Slovenia United Kingdom
Germany Morocco South Africa
With stronglocal presence
Expertise from a global leader
+
+
ISO CERTIFICATE/QUALITY
POLICY
HONEYWELL AUTHORIZATION
LETTER
Honeywell Middle East (ECC division) Phone: +971 4 8073200 • Direct: +971 4 8073203
Honeywell Middle East - ECC Division
PO Box 232362 Emmar Business Park Building 2, Level 3 Dubai, UAE United Arab Emirates
Kind Attention :
Ref: 15-131-Integra_
_AAC-_Project
_support
letter
Subject: Integra’s qualification for the Project
Project :
Dear Sir,
We refer to the current system integration agreement between Honeywell Middle East FZE (“Honeywell FZE”) and Integra International Trading & Contracting co WLL
(“INTEGRA”). We confirm that to date, INTEGRA
is an authorized system integrator of Honeywell FZE for the sale, engineering, programming, installation (when applicable), start up, commissioning and service of Centraline and XL5000 range of products, supervisory software and Honeywell field devices and thermostats required to complete Building Management System
(together referred to as the “Products”) in the Qatar
(the “Agreement”).
We confirm that Honeywell FZE provides technical support in respect of the Products to INTEGRA
and provided training to some of INTEGRA’s employees with regards to the engineering, programming, installation, start-up and commissioning of the Products in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Agreement
Sincerely yours,
Amr Seoud Area Sales Manager for Honeywell Centraline (Qatar & Kuwait) Environmental and Combustion Controls (ECC) Automation and Control Solutions (ACS)
SCOPE OF WORK
ProjectConstruction Of (2) New Schools At Doha & Villages Stage(10-A) Package#4 Contractor
Imperial Trading & Contracting Co. W.L.L
System Building Management System Date 31.12.2015
S.NO DESCRIPTION OF WORKBY SYSTEM
SUPPLIERBY CONTRACTOR
1Technical / Engineering submittal
preparationP -
2 Shop drawing preparationIntegra's assistance
will be providedP
3Supply and installation of conduits/
trunking.
Integra's supervision
at site will be
providedP
4Installation of BMS field devices/
controllers, software / BMS cables
Integra's supervision
at site will be
providedP
5 Labelling (DDC Panel) P -
6DDC panel fabrication & as-built drawing
preparation.P -
7
DDC programming, graphical preparation,
testing, commissioning, Operation and
maintanence manual preparation.
P -
8 Training to clients P -
9 Handing over to clients P -
SCOPE OF WORK MATRIX
Page 1 of 1
COMPLIANCE STATEMENT
CLAUSE DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS
M.34 BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS
Part 1 GENERAL
1.1
Provide a Building Automation System (BAS) incorporating an open system technology in the network methodology and
management, programming tools and data exchange to control the specified HVAC, Lighting, Card Access and other related
building systems. The BAS shall consist of Direct Digital Control controllers, Network Devices, Graphical User Interface,
sensors, relays, valves, actuators, and other equipment as may be necessary to provide for a complete and operational control
system for the HVAC and other building related systems as described within these specifications. The definition of an "Open
System” shall be defined within these specifications and subject to interpretation by the owner and their designated
representative. All manufacture specific BAS and installing contractors shall be required to demonstrate their "Open System”
BAS to the owner and their representative and gain qualification approval prior to submission of bids for this project.
Qualification approval does not exempt the manufacture or the installing contractor from any of the requirements contain with
this specification or of subsequent addendums.
Comply
Proposed BMS system
is BACnet protocol
based system
A
The system installed shall seamlessly connect devices other than HVAC throughout the building regardless of subsystem type,
i.e. HVAC, lighting, and security devices shall easily coexists on the same network channel without the need for gateways. All
VAV controllers and all other field installed controllers for the HVAC system shall be provided by one manufacturer. Any
components not supplied by the primary BAS manufacturer shall be integrated to share common software for network
communications, time scheduling, alarm handling, and history logging.
Comply
B
The documentation contained in this section and other contract documents pertaining to HVAC Controls is schematic in
nature. The Contractor shall provide hardware and software necessary to implement the functions shown or as implied in the
contract documents.
Comply
CSystem configuration and monitoring shall be performed via a PC-type computer. Under no circumstances shall the PC be
used as a control device for the network. It can be used for storage of data.Comply
COMPLIANCE STATEMENT FOR PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA
& VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
Page 1 of 56
CLAUSE DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS
COMPLIANCE STATEMENT FOR PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA
& VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
DAll system controllers shall utilize a peer-to-peer communications scheme to communicate with each other. The use of a higher
level controller to perform control logic other than alarm, trends and schedules shall not be accepted.Comply
1.2Open Systems Design. The intent of the specification contained herein is to provide for an open interoperable Building
Automaton System (BAS). The BAS provided shall maintain open interoperability in the following areas.Comply
A
Communications - All communication between field level controllers, routers and field level user interface devices, network level
devices and personal computers used as GUI or service tools shall communication language that is a published protocol and
an ANSI standard. Such protocol shall be in use by no less that 50 manufactures of HVAC or building system control devices.
Comply
Communication is
through BACnet MS/TP
protocol.
B
Network Management - Network management tools shall be interchangeable between manufacture products and BAS. The
test of this interchangeability shall be as follows:
Demonstrate that the proposed network management tool for the BAS can open up a database from at least three other
manufactures BAS, read and write to all exposed data from the controllers and add additional control devices from any of the
three manufactures to the network.
Comply
C
Databases - All databases shall be provided in a format that can be access and expanded by other manufactures network
management tools. Demonstrate database compatibility with at least 3 other network management tools as part of the pre-
qualification. The database shall be stored on the owner PC which serves as the Graphical User Interface and provide on a
separate CD upon final acceptance of the project. An updated database shall be provided on a Cd at the end of the warranty
period. Administrative level password shall be provided to the owner upon acceptance of the project.
Comply
D
Network Level Devices - All network level devices (devices that provide for communication interface between the field level
controllers and the Ethernet) and the associated engineering and operating software shall be available for purchase by the
owner from multiple sources within his respective market.
Noted
Communication between
field level and
management level is
through the use of BMS
routers.
EField Level Controls - All field level controls shall conform to industry standards for control logic functionality, input and out
configurations and interchangeability. This conformity to industry standards shall be established by:
Page 2 of 56
CLAUSE DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS
COMPLIANCE STATEMENT FOR PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA
& VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
1
Demonstrating that the controllers to be used on the project are certified by an independent certifying organization that they
conform to the organizations and industry standards for functionality and input and output configurations and
interchangeability appropriate to their intended application.
Comply
2
Demonstrate interchangeability of product with a live demonstration of 3 different manufactures controllers. Such
demonstration shall include the replacement of one type controller such as a VAV with another like controller from another
manufacture and the sharing of information with other controllers on the network.
Comply
3Providing to the owner for all controllers provided under this specification a file that identifies and describes the function of all
points both hardware and software that are contained within the controller.Comply
4Demonstrate that all points within a controller including hardware I/O and software based points are available for viewing and
manipulation by at least 3 other manufactures network management and Graphical User Interface tools.Comply
F
Software Tools - All software tools needed for full functional use, including programming of controllers, network management
and expansion, and graphical user interface use and development, of the BAS described within these specifications shall be
provided to the owner or his designated agent. The installing contractor shall be demonstrate to the owner or their designated
agent that they comply with the specified requirements of the software based programming tools as described in BAS software
tool section of this specification. Any licensing required by the manufacturer now and into the future, including changes to the
licensee of the software tools and the addition of hardware corresponding to the licenses, to allow for a complete and
operational system for both normal day to day operation and servicing shall be provided. Any such changes to the designated
license holders for servicing and expansion shall be made by the manufacturer upon written request by the owner, future
owners or their agent. Any cost associated with the license changes shall be identified within the BAS submittals. The Installing
Contractors acceptance of a purchase order by the owner or his designated agent shall imply agreement with this section of
the specification.
Comply
Program back-up will be
provided during handing
over.
G
Distribution - All products provided within these specifications shall be available for purchase, by the owner or his designated
agent, through multiple sources without manufacturer limited territorial or project specific restrictions. A list of such sources
shall be provided as part of the BAS Submittals.
Comply
Page 3 of 56
CLAUSE DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS
COMPLIANCE STATEMENT FOR PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA
& VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
H
Training - Manufacturer provided training on the use and operation of all products provided within these specifications shall be
available for purchase and attendance by the Owner or his designated agent. Such training shall be of the same curriculum as
the training courses provided by the manufacturer to the System Integrator. A manufacturer certified instructor shall give all
training classes. A list of training courses and the associated cost shall be provided as part of the BAS submittals.
Comply
1.3 Quality Assurance
A
General - The HVAC Control System shall be furnished, engineered, and installed by a licensed Controls Contractor or
System Integrator (SI). All work provided under this section shall be provided by direct employees of the SI or under the direct
supervision of the SI personnel.
Comply
B System Integrator Qualifications
1 The SI must be regularly engaged in the service and installation of the proposed BAS as specified herein. Comply
2The system integrator must be an authorized factory direct representative in good standing of the manufacturer of the
proposed hardware and software components.Comply
3
The SI shall be staffed with a minimum of 2 technicians who have successfully completed the factory authorized training of
the proposed manufactures hardware and software components. SI must provide proof of required training. The SI
capabilities shall include engineering and design of control systems, programming, electrical installation of control systems,
troubling shooting and service.
Comply
Certified engineers will
be designated at site for
execution.
4
The system integrator shall Submit a list of no less than three (3) similar projects, which have BAS as specified herein
installed by the system integrator These projects must be on-line and functional such that the Owner’s/User’s representative
can observe the system in full operation.
Comply
Similar school projects
have been previously
executed by M/s. Integra.
C Hardware and Software Component Manufacturer Qualifications
1The manufacturer of the hardware and software components must be primarily engaged in the manufacture of BAS as
specified herein, and must have been so for a minimum of five (5) years.Comply
2
The manufacturer shall be ISO 9001:2000 certified. This is to insure that all manufacturing, design and support policies
comply with a minimum quality assurance standard. Corporate quality assurance policies should be available for examination
upon request by the owner or his agent.
Comply
Page 4 of 56
CLAUSE DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS
COMPLIANCE STATEMENT FOR PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA
& VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
3
The manufacturer of the hardware and software components shall have a technical support group accessible via a toll free
number that is staffed with qualified personnel, capable of providing instruction and technical support service for networked
control systems.
Comply
1.4 Submittals
A General
1Meet all applicable Submittal requirements of Division 1, Division 15, and the following including listed below and in the
Submittal check list.Comply
2 Provide to the Engineer and Owner all information or data necessary to determine compliance with these specifications. Comply
3Indicate dimensions, description of materials and finishes, general construction, specific modifications, component
connections, anchorage methods, hardware, and installation procedures, including specific requirements indicated.Comply
4All Drawings and Diagrams shall be machine drafted using AutoCAD 2000 or later, or Microsoft Visio. At project closeout,
provide vellum plots and diskette or CD copy of control drawings and layout drawings to the Owner.Comply
5
Provide system device and LAN conduit routing drawing, using building plans for a background. All controllers, gateways,
hubs, devices and communication cabling shall be accurately shown, except that individual sensor I/O wiring and devices
need not be shown. Layout drawings shall be the same size as the Engineer’s construction documents.
Comply
BHardware - Include a complete list of materials of equipment to be used, including technical data, performance curves, project
specification sheets and installation/ maintenance instructions.Comply
CControl System Diagrams - Provide schematic diagrams for each controlled system. Illustrate the relationship between control
system and controlled equipment. Show all control elements. Show all terminations and cable/tube numbers.Comply
1Provide equipment interface details using actual equipment termination information. Blank terminals or "field verify” is not
acceptable.Comply
2Provide individual diagrams for each mechanical system. If two systems are identical, then a single diagram may represent
multiple mechanical systems. Notations similar to "this section only applies to units xxx”, etc. are not acceptable.Comply
Page 5 of 56
CLAUSE DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS
COMPLIANCE STATEMENT FOR PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA
& VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
3 The control diagrams and sequence of operation shall be together on the same sheet and shall be suitable for posting. Comply
4
The sequence of operation shall reference a schematic diagram of the controlled system. The sequence of operation shall
describe in words the control strategies utilized, worded in such a way to serve as an informative reference to the
maintenance and service personnel who will be responsible for unit operation.
Comply
5
Each component and instrument on the control diagrams shall have a unique tag number such as temperature element "TE-
1”. The sequence of operation verbiage shall make specific reference to the individual component tag numbers, such as
"Controller (C-1) compares the space temperature sensor (TE-1) to set point, and modulates hot water heating coil valve (V-
1) as required”. The mechanical system being controlled shall be schematically drawn and show the measurement and
control points, such as "TE-1” and "V- 1”.
Comply
DGraphic Displays - Include draft copies of graphic displays indicating mechanical system components, control system
components, and controlled function status and value.Comply
E
Point List - Provide a point list for each system controller including both inputs and outputs (I/O) point, point number, the
controlled device associated with the I/O point and the location of the I/O device. Use naming convention consistent with
control diagrams and sequence of operation.
Comply
F
Software manuals - Include software manuals that describe programming, testing, system overview. The manuals shall include
a detailed description of each software feature including editing and writing control programs, reading or modifying printout and
logs, adding, deleting and modifying user password, creating and modifying graphics. software manuals may be provided on
CD ROM in lieu of paper copy. If submitted as a CD ROM, the vendor shall arrange to review the software manuals with the
engineer at the engineer’s office.
Comply
G Other Items Requiring Submittals
1Point to point and basic function commissioning forms to be used on site for
the start, test and check of network components and systems.Comply
2 List of specific personnel who will be involved in the system installation and commissioning. Comply
3 Functional performance test documentation and procedures to be used in commissioning control sequences. Comply
H
Operation and Maintenance Manuals shall be submitted indicating the correct procedures and processes to operate and
maintain the system. O&M’s shall be delivered either hard copy or on a CD-ROM developed specifically for the project.
Contractor shall submit (3) copies of the Operation and Maintenance Manuals.
Comply
Page 6 of 56
CLAUSE DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS
COMPLIANCE STATEMENT FOR PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA
& VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
I.Parts List shall be submitted listing: manufacturer's name, part number, nomenclature and stock level required for maintenance
and repair necessary to ensure continued operation with minimal delay.Comply
1.5Training - Meet all applicable Training requirements of Division 1, Division 15, and the
following.
AInstruct the operators how to accomplish control of the system. Include basic troubleshooting and override of equipment and
controls in the event of system failure.Comply
B Training Allowance: Provide formal training to the Owner’s designated operations personnel. Comply
C
Trainers - Persons conducting the training shall be knowledgeable in the workings of the system, and shall be regularly
engaged in training exercises, so as to provide effective training. Acceptability of the trainers shall be at the discretion of the
Owner.
Comply
D Training Manuals - Include the following in training manuals.
1 Manufacturer’s training brochures. Comply
2 Operation and maintenance manuals. Comply
3 Completed Field Acceptance Test Procedure. Comply
4 "As-installed” Drawings. ComplyAs-built drawings will be
provided
5 Manufacturer’s Operation Manuals. Comply
6Software interaction sheets to be used in instructing students how to use the control system, on a command-by-command
basis.Comply
ETraining Classes - Prior to conducting training, prepare and submit for approval the proposed training literature and topics.
Submit this information at least two weeks prior to the first class.Comply
F Provide approved training manuals to the Owner at least one week prior to the first class. Comply
GProvide Audio Visual Tutorials both in a CD format and on the manufactures website instructing on the operation of the
software tools as provided under this specification.Comply
1.6 Warranty
Page 7 of 56
CLAUSE DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS
COMPLIANCE STATEMENT FOR PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA
& VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
A
The HVAC Control System shall be free from defects in workmanship and material under normal use and service. If within
eighteen (18) months from the date of substantial completion, the installed equipment is found to be defective in operation,
workmanship or materials, the building systems contractor shall replace, repair or adjust the defect at no cost. Service shall be
provided within 4 hours upon notice from Owner’s designated Representative.
Comply
M/s. Integra offers 600
days as warranty period
from the date of
commissioning.
B
The warranty shall extend to material that is supplied and installed by the Contractor. Material supplied but not installed by the
Contractor shall be covered per the above to the extent of the product only. Installation labor shall be the responsibility of the
trade contractor performing the installation.
Comply
CAll corrective software modifications made during warranty service periods shall be updated on all user documentation and on
user and manufacturer archived software disks.Comply
Part 2 NETWORK ARCHITECTURES AND DEVICES
2.1
Network Architecture and Protocol - The intent of this specification is to provide a peer- to-peer network at the field controller
level. The minimum baud rate shall be 78,000 baud for communication between controllers and 1,250,000 baud for
communication between network devices that are not communicating over the Ethernet.
Comply
A
All communication between field level controllers, routers and field level user interface devices, network level devices and
personal computers used as GUI or service tools shall use a communication language that is a published protocol and an
ANSI standard. Such protocol shall be in use by no less that 100 manufactures of HVAC control devices. No modifications to
the standard protocol shall be allowed unless the manufacture publishes such modifications and the SI can demonstrate to the
satisfaction of the Owner or his representative that the other user of the protocol can recognize the modified protocol without
the use of any manufacture specific tools.
Comply
Communication between
field level and
management level is
through the use of BMS
routers.
BTo facilitate facility expansion or to support large Wide Area Networks (WANs) the Network Interface shall directly support a
minimum of 4 logical networks using the same physical network.Comply
CThe ability to support bi-directional access to any remote field level controller shall be supported by a single point of connection
from anywhere on the network including communication over the Ethernet.Comply
DField level control networks shall maintain a Bus topology in order to maintain network integrity and improve network
diagnostics and maintenance. Star network topologies shall not be accepted.Comply
E All Network wiring - See Part 7 - Execution Comply
F The system shall be able to connect to remote sites via standard telephone lines or Ethernet LAN. Comply
Page 8 of 56
CLAUSE DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS
COMPLIANCE STATEMENT FOR PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA
& VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
2.2
Network Devices - These various devices can service multiple functions on the network depending on network design,
communication medium and needed task. These functions include: management of traffic on the network, reconfiguring and
strengthening of signals, the conversion of the communication protocol into TCP/IP packets for transmission over the Ethernet,
global activities such as alarms, trends and scheduling, control logic, and protocol conversion.
Comply
A
Routers and Repeaters - The network router shall be designed to route messages from a segment, sub-net, or domain in full
duplex communication mode. Routers shall be fully programmable and permit a systems integrator to define message traffic,
destination, and other network management functions. The routers, shall be capable of DIN rail or panel mounting and be
equipped with status LED lights for Network traffic and power. A router many not manage more than 90% of the total capacity
of devices (as established by the manufacture) on any single channel so as to allow for future expansion.
Comply
BRepeaters - A repeater or signal booster may only be used to increase this signal strength of the communications. Under no
circumstances may it be used in the place of a router.Noted
Repeaters are not
required in the designed
system.
CField Level Controller Communication to Ethernet - All network devices that provide for a communication interface between
Field Level Controller Communication and the Ethernet shall comply with the following standards and functions.Comply
1The Network devices shall provide for the following global functions if required in the sequence of operation. All functions
shall be provided with a graphical user interface.
a)Scheduling - provide for the individual schedules as required in the sequence of operation and the associated points
schedule. Scheduling functions shall include:Comply
1)Daily schedules - Provide for a minimum of 6 different event changes per day with the ability to set different state values
for each event.Comply
2) Holiday - Provide for a minimum of 4 separate holiday schedule that can be implemented for any day. Comply
3)
Global scheduling function - Provide for the ability to implement a permanent and temporary global schedule that will
override multiple schedules in multiple network devices. Any temporary global schedule shall be erased once the time
period of the schedule elapses.
Comply
b) Alarm Management - provide for the management and reporting of alarms as required in the sequence of operation. Comply
Page 9 of 56
CLAUSE DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS
COMPLIANCE STATEMENT FOR PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA
& VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
c)Data Log management - provide for the logging of all points as shown on the associated Points Schedule. Log intervals
shall be as frequent as one minute intervals. Log Data shall be exportable to other applications via SQL or XML.Comply
Part 3 BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM CONTROLLERS
3.1
All controllers shall conform to the standards as established in Section 1.2E so long as such standards exist for its intended
application. If such standards do not exist then the SI shall demonstrate that the controller meets industry standards for
communication and data sharing for the protocol used. Where possible provide controllers that can meet the required
sequence of operation that can be configured rather that custom programmed. All controllers shall be designed for easy
installation and servicing including removable enclosures, removable terminals, and factory applied labels for all I/O. All internal
points within the Programmable controllers shall be fully supported by the Graphical User Interface (GUI), allowing the user to
easily modify them and monitor them. In addition all of the internal programming points (e.g. variables, constants, inputs and
outputs) shall be exposed to the network on dedicated network variable outputs. Programmable Controllers (PC) - a controller
designed for more complex sequences of operations such as built up AHU’s, central plant operations, electrical monitoring, and
control and management for chillers, boilers and generators. The PCs are to allow for the flexibility of custom control
programming to meet the needed sequences of operation.
Comply
All the proposed
Controllers are Direct
Digital controllers with
built in processor.
A
Performance - Each PC shall have a minimum of 64K of Non-volatile Flash memory for control applications and 128K non-
volatile flash memory for storage with an 8 bit processor at 10MHz. The FPC shall have a minimum ambient operating
temperature range of -0oC to 70oC or 32oF to 158oF.
Comply
B
Inputs - Analog inputs shall have the following minimum level of performance: 16- bit A to D resolution; allow monitoring of
platinum 100 ohms, platinum 1000 ohm, nickel 1000 ohms, thermistor 10K type II, thermistor 10K type III, voltage input 0-
10VDC, current input 4-20mA, digital input, pulsed input minimum 2 Hz.
Comply
C
Outputs - Outputs shall be either software configurable to be either analog or digital or dedicated digital only - Analog outputs
shall be selectable as voltage of 0¬10 VDC (linear) or 4-20mA or Digital outputs shall be 0-12 VDC (off/on), floating or PWM.
Outputs shall have an adjustable range of 2 seconds to 15 minutes. Output Resolution shall be a minimum 8 bits digital /
analog converter. All individual outputs and power supply shall be protected by an auto reset fuse. There shall be an LED
status indicator on each of the outputs.
Comply
D PC (Programmable Controller) Features
Page 10 of 56
CLAUSE DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS
COMPLIANCE STATEMENT FOR PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA
& VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
1
For standalone applications the PC shall be provided with a real time clock with a battery backup. If using multiple controllers
on a network, provide one PC, User Interface Device or Network Interface with a real time clock to serve as the master time
clock for all nodes on the network
Comply real-time clock
2
Provide the ability to trend any point in the controller or on the network. Total capacity of the trended events shall be no less
than 12,000 samples. Trending frequency for each report shall be operator definable from a sample once a second to a
sample once every 24 hours. The system shall have the ability to automatically upload the trend log data onto the site
computer at definable periods of time. The file format in which the trend log data is saved shall be a Microsoft Access file.
Comply
3
The PC shall have the ability to share over the network with other controllers a minimum of 17 variable inputs and 17 variable
outputs. One of the network inputs on the FPC shall have a built in averaging function such that multiple variable outputs
values can be received by this one variable input and perform a weighted average. This function shall be used to average
terminal load or temperature. The averaging function shall have a customizable input validity period.
Comply
4The PC shall be provided with a minimum of 2 schedules that can be bound to one or many devices on the network. Each
schedule shall have six individual changes of state per day plus 4 separate special day schedules.Comply
5The PC shall be provided with a diagnostic indicator light that when flashing signifies that the application program is running
correctly.Comply
6 Provide an onboard network communication jack Comply
7
The PC can be provided with a built-in real time clock that supports daylight saving time by default. The daylight saving time
parameters should be configurable if need be. The real time clock shall also have a dedicated variable output that supports
the time stamp network variable type. This is in order to ensure the possibility of having the controller run in standalone mode
or as a master real time clock for the rest of the network. There shall be a battery backup of fifteen years for the real time
clock.
Comply
8Enclosures - Provide for a plastic enclosure with a separate back plate with terminals such that the electronic portion of the
controller can be easily remover for ease of installation and servicing.Comply
The DDC shall be
fabricated in metal
enclsoure
Page 11 of 56
CLAUSE DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS
COMPLIANCE STATEMENT FOR PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA
& VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
3.2
Configurable Controllers (CC)- A controller designed through its I/O configuration and configurable control logic to be used for
a specific type mechanical equipment. Typical applications are VAV boxes, Fan Coil Units, Roof Top Units, Unit Ventalators,
Split DX Systems, Heat Pumps. Lighting Controls, etc. All SCs shall conform to the standards as established in Section 1.2E
so long as such standards exist for its intended application. If such standards do not exist then the Si shall demonstrate that
the controller meets industry standards for communication and data sharing for the protocol.
Comply
Configurable unitary
controllers are provided
for VAVs
A
Performance: Inputs Provide software selectable universal inputs. Analog inputs-shall have the following minimum level of
performance: 12 bit A to D resolution; manage thermistors with an accuracy of: ±0.5oC; ±0.9oF, and a Potentiometer. For VAV
Applications provide a differential pressure input sensor built in to the controller with a adjustable range of 0” to 1” H20 (0-248.8
Pa) static pressure with a minimum accuracy of ± 3%. Minimum response time shall be 0.5 seconds from input to output time.
Comply
B
Output - Analog outputs shall have the following minimum level of performance: Tri-mode Voltage of 0-10 VDC (linear), digital
0-12 VDC (off/on) or PWM. All analog outputs shall be equipped with an auto reset fuse. Output Resolution shall be a
minimum 8 bits digital / analog converter. Digital outputs shall be provided with a minimum of a triac output rated at 0.75 amps
@ 24VAC. All analog outputs and shall be fuse protected.
Comply
C CC Features:
1The CC except for the VAV shall be provided with an optimum start program internal to its control logic. The optimum start
shall be activated by a time of day event signal from its associated scheduler on the network.Noted
CC are provided only for
VAV
2
The CC shall allow the use of its spare I/O as dumb I/O to be shared over the network to other controllers such as FPC,
where a sequence of operation can be applied to the I/O. Such applications shall include but not be limited to exhaust fan
control, heaters, light control, etc.
Noted
DPowered Fan Coil Unit Specific functions: In addition to the features for the CC the Powered Fan Coil Unit controller shall
provide the following functionsNoted
FCU are not applicable
for this project
1Provide for four line voltage relays rated for 85 - 265 at 33 VA for the control of the fan and other auxiliary devices. These
relays shall be an integral part of the controllerNoted
2 Provide for wireless sensing capabilities as described in section NotedNot applicable for this
project
Page 12 of 56
CLAUSE DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS
COMPLIANCE STATEMENT FOR PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA
& VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
3 Provide for a built in 24 VAC 300 mA power supply Noted
Transformers will be
provided to provide
24VAC power supply to
the controllers.
4Provide for a LCD based sensor that operates as an user interface for temperature adjustment, override and display of
values.Comply
Wall module thermostat
with LCD display will be
provided for every VAV
controller.
5 Accept platinum 1k ohm and thermistor 10k ohms type II sensors as well as nickel 1k ohm thermistor sensors. Noted
Thermostat shall be on
sylk bus communication
with the controller
E VAV Specific functions. In addition to the features for the CC VAV controller shall provide the following functions
1
The CC VAV shall be a single integrated package consisting of a microprocessor, power supply, damper actuator, differential
pressure transducer, field terminations, and application software. An alternate model shall be offered that allows for direct
connectivity to an external actuator for those applications that employ a non-butterfly style damper configuration. All
input/output signals shall be directly hardwired to the CC VAV controller except were there is a requirement for wireless
sensing. The internal actuator shall employ a manual override that allows for powered or non-powered adjustment of the
damper position. In all cases, the controller shall automatically resume proper operation following the return of power to, or
control by the CC VAV. Programming, configuring and/or troubleshooting of input/output signals shall be easily executed
through the CC VAV sensor at the wall sensor location through a network connection.
Comply
VAV controller are with
built in damper actuator
and air flow sensor
probe.
2
The CC VAV control algorithms shall be designed to limit the frequency of damper repositioning, to extend the life of the
components. The CC VAV shall provide an internal differential pressure transducer. Flows through transducers requiring
filter maintenance are not acceptable. The CC VAV shall provide zone control accuracy equal to or better than +/- 1 degree
Fahrenheit. With the submittal package, supplier/provider shall provide performance data that verifies control accuracy of the
CC VAV.
Comply
3 Provide for CO2 control from control logic within the CC VAV as per the sequence of operation. Noted
Page 13 of 56
CLAUSE DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS
COMPLIANCE STATEMENT FOR PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA
& VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
4 Configuration of all I/O points shall be accomplished without physical hardware jumpers, switches or settings. Comply
F CC VAV - Air Balancing
1
Precalibration: Provide as part of the configuration wizard for the CC VAV an automatic calibration tool that will calibrate the
box air balance position based upon the K factor of the box and the cross section of the input duct to the VAV box. The
precalibration procedure shall be implemented for all boxes within 5 working days of delivery of conditioned air to the boxes. If
such a precalibration tool cannot be provided then System Integrator shall provide for manual adjustment to all VAV boxes to
meet the comfort need in the respective areas.
Comply
2 Certified Air Balance: The following Air Balancing tools shall be provided:
a)
LCD sensor calibration tool. Provide for a LCD based sensor that operates as a user interface for temperature adjustment,
override and display of values along with the ability to perform Air Balance task. The LCD sensor shall provide for access to
all of the VAV input and out put variables to allow for complete Air balance task. Upon completion of Air Balance the
application shall deliver a code that documents the air balance calibration for each individual VAV box. In addition the LCD
sensor shall operate as a standalone Air Balance tool that communicates directly to the VAV through a wall mounted
sensor with communication port to the VAV.
Comply
b)
The CC VAV shall also provide a web browser based balancing tool. This tool shall allow the air balancer to manually
control the action of the actuator (e.g. full open, full close, open slowly, close slowly, etc...). Automatic calibration as well as
two-point calibration shall be available through this web page. The air balance sequence shall step the balancing
supplier/provider through the checkout and calibration of the CC VAV. Upon completion of the balancing sequence, the
flow values presented by the CC VAV shall match those observed by the balancing supplier/provider's measurement
equipment. Additionally, upon completion of the air balance, the CC VAV shall automatically archive the balance settings
for future use including a calibration code that documents the air balance calibration for each individual VAV box.
Comply
c)Systems not able to provide a web based air balance tool and a LCD Sensor bases balancing tool as part of their the CC
VAV shall provide an individual full time technician during the Air-balancing process to assure full balance compliance.Comply
3.3Special Purpose Configurable Controllers (SPCC)- A controller designed with unique functions and features particular to a
specific type of mechanical equipment or applications that may be less common and or standarizied in its use and application.Noted
SPCC and SPCCT are
not required for the
project
Page 14 of 56
CLAUSE DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS
COMPLIANCE STATEMENT FOR PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA
& VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
ASPCC - Thermostat (SPCCT) - A self-contained controller with a built-in user interface that is intended for installation in the
occupied space of the building. The SPCCT shall have the following features:Noted
SPCC and SPCCT are
not required for the
project
1
The SPCCT shall be a microprocessor based controller with all of its control logic, sensors, inputs and outputs, network
communication and user interface provided within a manufacture provided enclosure specific to the application. The
enclosure shall be aesthetically appealing with a modern design that will fit in with the architecture of the building. A sample of
the SPCCT shall be provided as part of the submittal process.
Noted
SPCC and SPCCT are
not required for the
project
2The SPCCT shall be programmed through the user interface contained within the controller and through a software based
configuration tool.Noted
SPCC and SPCCT are
not required for the
project
3
The User interface display shall be provided with 3 levels of password protection: Level 1 - Lockout with view only and time
adjustment; Level 2 - schedule override and mode settings; Level 3 - full access to all parameters. Where required in the
sequence of operation provide for within Level 2 access the ability to change the units of measure displayed for temperature
from Fahrenheit to Celsius. The display shall be back lighted for easy viewing.
Noted
SPCC and SPCCT are
not required for the
project
4
If required within the sequence of operation, provide for a control schedule and time clock within the SPCCT. The control
schedule shall provide for a separate schedule for each day of the week with 4 events per day. The real time clock will have a
six hour power reserve time
Noted
SPCC and SPCCT are
not required for the
project
5
The SPCCT shall utilize a PI (proportional and integral) control algorithm. Upon power failure, all programmed schedules and
parameters must be retained in non volatile flash memory. Progressive temperature recovery shall be a standard feature.
Two configurable digital/binary inputs will be available as well as two remote temperature sensor inputs for outdoor air and
remote room/return air monitoring. Built-in frost protection, which can be disabled, will energize the heating as soon as the
ambient temperature falls below 45°F (5°C). An auxiliary digital/binary output, which can be configured for normally open or
normally closed operation, will also be available.
Noted
SPCC and SPCCT are
not required for the
project
Page 15 of 56
CLAUSE DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS
COMPLIANCE STATEMENT FOR PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA
& VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
B
Provide for wireless sensing of the designated sensors and or switches as shown on the Point List Chart. Wireless sensing is
comprised of the following components; wireless sensor or switch (transmitter), wireless receiver, wireless configuration
application and wireless transmission test equipment. All components shall comply with these requirements.
Noted
SPCC and SPCCT are
not required for the
project
1
Wireless temperature sensor/switch - the wireless sensing technology provided shall transmit a RF message indicating the
value or position of the sensor. The transmission range shall be a minimum of 100 meters unobstructed line of sight and 30
meters in buildings.
Noted
SPCC and SPCCT are
not required for the
project
a)
Each sensor or switch shall be provided with energy harvesting technology such that no battery will be required to maintain
normal operations. If using a Solar Cell for energy harvesting, normal operation parameters shall be defined as a minimum of
4 hours of 200lx of light to produce an operation of the sensor for a period of no less than 20 hours in total darkness. In
sufficient light levels are not available, provide a battery back up.
Noted
SPCC and SPCCT are
not required for the
project
b)
For temperature sensors all measurement of value shall be read by the sensor no less than once every 100 seconds and
transmit a signal to the receiver within this time period should a variations occur from set point of more than +- 0.3 deg. C for
a space sensor or an outside air or duct or water sensor.
Noted
SPCC and SPCCT are
not required for the
project
c)
Sensor or switch shall be provided with a unique identifying code to correspond its location to the receiver. The identifying
code shall be displayed in bar code permanently attached to the sensor or switch. In addition the sensor or switch shall be
provided with a manual push button to transmit its identifying code to the receiver for installation.
Noted
SPCC and SPCCT are
not required for the
project
d)All sensor locations shall be verified to be in compliance with
manufactures installation requirements and be tested for acceptable signal strength.Noted
SPCC and SPCCT are
not required for the
project
e) Wireless sensors and switches shall be provided for the following as required: Noted
SPCC and SPCCT are
not required for the
project
Page 16 of 56
CLAUSE DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS
COMPLIANCE STATEMENT FOR PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA
& VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
1)
Space Sensors - Space sensors shall be provided as required with temperature measurement, set point adjustment,
override and humidity sensing. Accuracy of the sensors shall be 0.4 deg. C Sensor shall be submitted for pre-approval for
performance and visual appearance.
Noted
SPCC and SPCCT are
not required for the
project
2)Mechanical Room Sensors - Duct temperature sensor, outside air sensor, Surface temperature contact temperature sensor
and Well emersion sensor.Noted
SPCC and SPCCT are
not required for the
project
3) Light Switches - Light switches shall be provided as required, either in a 2 channel or 4 channel configurations. Noted
SPCC and SPCCT are
not required for the
project
2For CC provide for the management a minimum of 5 wireless sensors or switches inputs. For PC provide for a minimum of
14 wireless sensor or switches inputs. Where needed to achieve signal range requirements, provide for an external antenna.Noted
SPCC and SPCCT are
not required for the
project
3 Wireless Configuration: The configuration of the wireless sensors shall be an integral part of the CC configuration tool. Noted
SPCC and SPCCT are
not required for the
project
4
Wireless Transmission Test Equipment. Provide for test equipment that will measure the strength of the transmission
between the required location of the sensor or switch and the receiver located at the controller. All Sensors or switched shall
be verified to have acceptable signal strength prior to installation.
Noted
SPCC and SPCCT are
not required for the
project
CLighting Control (SPCC-LC)- A standalone microprocessor based lighting control panel that contains line and or low voltage
relays for control of the lighting circuits along with the appropriate schedules and local user interface.Noted
SPCC and SPCCT are
not required for the
project
1 The SPCC-LC shall provide as a minimum the following functionality; Noted
SPCC and SPCCT are
not required for the
project
a Occupant-Sensitive Operating Scenarios Noted
SPCC and SPCCT are
not required for the
project
Page 17 of 56
CLAUSE DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS
COMPLIANCE STATEMENT FOR PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA
& VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
b Schedule With Flick Warn Noted
SPCC and SPCCT are
not required for the
project
c Time-delay Overrides With Flick Warn Noted
SPCC and SPCCT are
not required for the
project
d Common Area Interlock With Egress Timer Noted
SPCC and SPCCT are
not required for the
project
e Master Switch Control With Flick Option Noted
SPCC and SPCCT are
not required for the
project
f Cleaning Lights Noted
SPCC and SPCCT are
not required for the
project
g Automatic Daylight Switching With Occupant Interlock/Override Noted
SPCC and SPCCT are
not required for the
project
h Status and Runtime Data Noted
SPCC and SPCCT are
not required for the
project
2
It shall be composed of multiple controllers, with the capacity to manage input switches and sensors, output relays as well as
lighting sequences and groups, enabling the user to configure and monitor a very large number of different lighting schemes
and schedules.
Noted
SPCC and SPCCT are
not required for the
project
3
The SPCC-LC shall provide, as a minimum, the ability to interface with the hardware of the associated relay panels to allow
for minimal disruption to the existing high voltage panel wiring. The SPCC-LC shall be capable of providing all logic, control,
runtime data, status information, and communications functions. From any built-in operator interface of any display unit, the
ability to read the status of the lighting relays and switches shall be provided.
Noted
SPCC and SPCCT are
not required for the
project
Page 18 of 56
CLAUSE DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS
COMPLIANCE STATEMENT FOR PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA
& VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
4 It shall be configured using a software configuration tool. Noted
SPCC and SPCCT are
not required for the
project
5The SPCC-LC shall allow for the configuration of up to 16 schedules, each
comprised of 7 weekday and 4 holiday schedules.Noted
SPCC and SPCCT are
not required for the
project
6
The SPCC-LC display unit shall allow for the local display of lighting points
as described in 5.2 . It shall also contain an astrological time clock that allows for the real time calculation of the geographic
location using latitude and longitude information. This is to allow for precise and efficient outside lighting control.
Noted
SPCC and SPCCT are
not required for the
project
7The SPCC-LC shall be able to control the General Electric® three-wire
relay or a two wire Aromat relay.Noted
SPCC and SPCCT are
not required for the
project
Part 4 BAS SOFTWARE TOOLS
4.1Provide adequate copies of all tools necessary for the development, maintenance, expansion and use of the BAS described
within these specifications. All software tools shall be compatible with Microsoft Windows XP Professional. For the purpose of
this specification software tools shall be divided into the following categories and meet these specified requirements.
Comply
A
Plug-Ins or Wizards: Software modules used for the configuration and programming of the BAS controllers. Plug-ins shall be
provided free of charge and be compatible with the current published versions of the network management tool that is provided
as part of this project. The plug-in software shall be available for public access from the manufacturer’s web site. These plug-in
programming tools shall be compatible with at least 3 other manufactures network management tools. The SI shall demonstrate
as part of their prequalification as to how they intend to comply with these requirements. Should plug-ins as specified herein
not be available then the SI shall provide the following:
Comply
1
Provide adequate copies of the programming or configuration tools (excluding the UIP and GUI tools) along with any
manufacture specific software tools required to operate the programming or configuration tools. Such tools shall be provided
with a permanent and operating system transferable license.
Comply
Page 19 of 56
CLAUSE DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS
COMPLIANCE STATEMENT FOR PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA
& VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
2Provided free of charge to the owner or his designated agent for a period of 10 years the latest manufactures updates to the
software described in paragraph 1.Comply
3
Provide a statement, as part of the prequalification, signed by an officer of
the Manufacture validating the performance of the requirements in
paragraph 1 & 2.
Comply
B
Network Management Tool (NMT): A software tool set that provides for the development and management of Building
Automations Systems networks as described within these specifications. The NMT shall provide the following minimum
functionality:
Comply
1
Creation of BAS databases through device / controller installation. This database shall reside on the BAS GUI Personal
Computer or other PC based server as specified. This application shall support multiple clients on the LAN including User
Interface devices.
Comply
2Provide for device / controller configuration and or programming through software modules as described in the field level
controller programming section.Comply
3 Support copy-paste function for network, subsystem and device Comply
4 Provide for device / controller diagnostics. Comply
5 Provide for device / controller maintenance activities Comply
6Provide for binding of variable to and from controller to controller over the
network.Comply
7 Provide for the ability to view and modify all of the point variables contained within any controller on the network. Comply
8 Provide for the monitoring of variable and configuration properties in real-time. Comply
9 Provide for support of a client-sever operating system with a single Server and multiple interoperating client applications Comply
10 Provide for support of a full client-sever operating system with multiple Servers and multiple interoperating client applications Comply
11 Provide for system diagnostics. Comply
12 Provide for management of the database including backup, copy, import and export functions. Comply
C
Field Level Controller Programming; Software tools used for the configuration and custom programming of the Configurable
Controllers (CCs), Programmable Controllers (PCs) and or the Special Purpose Configurable Controllers (SPCCs). The
programming tools shall perform the following functions:
Page 20 of 56
CLAUSE DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS
COMPLIANCE STATEMENT FOR PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA
& VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
1
PC programming shall be accomplished by either: Text based codes similar to the BASIC programming language combined
with objects to define normal controller functions such as PID loops, optimum start stops, I/O configurations, timers,
schedules, trends, and network variables or; Graphical programming language (GPL) where objects are used to define
different portions of the control sequence. All control sequences programmed into the PC shall be stored in non-volatile
memory. Systems that only allow selection of sequences from a library or table are not acceptable. All code must be
exportable to a library for future use.
Comply
2
CC and SPCC - Provide for the programming of the required sequence of operation through an intuitive menu driven
selection process. No text code or graphical programming will be allowed. The configuration tools menu shall define items
such as I/O configurations, set point, delays, PID loops, optimum start stops, and network variables settings. The
configuration tool must indicate the device status and allows system override
Comply
3
Field Level Controller Programming tools shall provide for the viewing and manipulation in real time all hard I/O and soft
points including constants, and variables through a table menu or browser. Any point may be hidden from view for easier
operation. Provide the ability to save view configurations settings along with a short cut to the browser that does not require
the operating the NMT.
Comply
DNetwork Level Device Programming: Programming software used to configure or program the Network Level Devices. These
tools shall be provided as a plug-in that is compatible with the network management tool.Comply
E
User Interface Design (UID) designing tools used to create a graphical or text based user interface. A library of preprogrammed
components shall be provided to simplify creation of animated graphics and placement of dynamic point values on the graphical
screens. The graphic screen creation shall be accomplished by a drag and drop programming as opposed to line code
programming. The line code programming shall be available for advanced screen design and editing. All linking of the data
points from the data base to the graphics shall be completed from within the graphical tool set. The tools shall allow for the
creation of graphics in animation and 2 and 3 dimensional formats. The software shall place no restriction on number: of points
used or tags in the system; of users; or on connectivity to other database aware applications. The software shall be capable of
being backed up and restored by commercially available backup mechanisms. Note that this software can be provided as a
separate tool set from the GUI.
Comply
F
Graphical User Interface (GUI) Operating System: Tools used to provide for user access to the day to day operation of the
BAS. These tools shall include for the display, management and adjustment of all points within the system using a direct driver
to BAS network. The following functions shall be included within this toolset:
Comply
Page 21 of 56
CLAUSE DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS
COMPLIANCE STATEMENT FOR PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA
& VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
1Administrative functions - Provide all necessary administrative functions to insure a complete secure and reliable GUI.
Provide a minimum these administrative functions:
a)
Security. Each operator shall be required to log on to the system with a user name and password in order to view, edit, add,
or delete data. System security shall be selectable for each operator. The system supervisor shall have the ability to set
passwords and security levels for all other operators. Each operator password shall be able to restrict the operators access
for viewing and/or changing each system application, full screen editor, and object. Provide five levels of password
protection ranging from view only to full administrative functions.
Comply
b)On-Line Help. Provide a context sensitive, on-line help system to assist the operator in operation and editing of the system.
On-line help shall be available for all applications and shall provide the relevant data for that particular screen.Comply
c) Manual Database Save and Restore Comply
d)System Diagnostics. The system shall automatically monitor the operation of network connections, building management
panels, and controllers. The failure of any device shall be annunciated to the operator.Comply
2Graphics Display. The system graphics shall be able to be modified while on line. An operator with the proper password level
shall be able to add, delete, or change graphics.Comply
a)All analog I/O values shall be available to be displayed in imperial and or metric units, with plain English descriptors based
upon the owner’s preference.Comply
b)
Standard Graphics: All graphics shall be created from a library of standard HVAC equipment such as chillers, boilers, air
handlers, terminals, fan coils, fans, pumps, coils, valves, piping, dampers, ductwork, etc. contained within the UIP where
possible. If custom graphical objects are required, the objects must be stored within the library of the UIP
Comply
c) Where floor plan graphics are required, AutoCAD files shall be provided by Owner for use in developing floor plan graphics. Comply
d)As a minimum, the operating software shall permit the operator to perform the following tasks with a minimum knowledge of
the HVAC Control System provided and basic computing skills.Comply
e)View data (temperature, flow rate, etc.) on HVAC equipment, and/or lighting, card access, and intrusion detection
equipment.Comply
f) Navigate multiple sites. Comply
g) Locate potentially faulty equipment through audible or visible alarms. Comply
Page 22 of 56
CLAUSE DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS
COMPLIANCE STATEMENT FOR PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA
& VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
h) Override values and states of all equipment as allowed by their respective password level. Comply
3 Provide the following Dynamic Graphics.
a) Show all motor-driven equipment, liquid level control, and temperature deviations from set point in floor plan graphics. Comply
b)Show animation by shifting image files based on the status of the point (e.g. moving fan, filling tank, room getting warmer,
etc.)Comply
c) All mechanical system controlled or monitored by the BAS Comply
d)Use pictorial representation of components. Provide the current status of all I/O points being controlled and applicable to
the mechanical system.Comply
e)
Provide overall floor plan of each floor, showing individual air handler zones. and space temperature zones. Show heating
and cooling zones in a range of colors, which shows deviations from set points. The colors shall be updated dynamically as
zones’ comfort conditions change. Show space sensor locations for each zone, with set points.
Comply
f) Lighting floor plan. Show each floor lighting control zone and override push buttons. Comply
g)Point values, adjustment and override. Provide dynamic point values that are refreshing at a rate of no less than a 20
second interval. All points in override shall be displayed as a separate color from the normal state.Comply
4
Programming tool access. Provide for access to any programming tools required for the configuration and programming of
the BAS through a direct link contained within the graphics associated with the controller to be programmed. This function
shall not require the inclusion of a network management tool
Comply
5
Trend log management. Display all required trended points in a color graphical format on a XY axis. Provide for the display of
up to 10 points on a single graph each with a separate color and a legend to describe the point displayed and the associated
color. Date time range shall be selectable from 1 minute to 1 year or more. Provide for a zoom function and a time, date,
value stamp that corresponds to the mouse courser position on the graph. All data shall be exportable in a SQL format to an
access database.
Comply
6
Scheduling - Provide for a graphical display of a monthly calendar that allow for implementation of six individual change of
states per day plus 4 separate special day schedules. Implementation of special day shall be implemented with a drag and
drop function on to the calendar. All resulting time schedules shall be viewable by placing the cursor over the selected day.
The scheduling functions shall be provided as plug-in and be opened from any graphic page without the need for a network
management tool.
Comply
Page 23 of 56
CLAUSE DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS
COMPLIANCE STATEMENT FOR PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA
& VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
7
Alarm Management - All alarms from any device residing on the network shall be reported and logged in an alarm
management tool resident in the GUI. The alarms shall be displayed in a table with user defined groups that can be arranged
by column, reported date, priority, trouble, disabled, acknowledged and unacknowledged status. Each alarm shall have a user
defined name associated with it along with a descriptive action to take.
All alarmed points shall have the ability to be delivered to designated reporting devices such as a printer, alpha numeric
pager, cell phone, email or to an audio visual device. Each alarm shall have the ability to have its reporting location
designated based upon a 24 hour 365 day schedule where as a different designated reporting destination can be specified
based upon the time of day and the day of week. The alarms that are not acknowledged within a user defined period of time
shall be provided with 2 additional level escalated levels of reporting. Provide the ability to export all alarm histories in a csv,
access or excel format.
Comply
Part 5 USER INTERFACES
5.1GUI Personal Computer - The PC provided as the primary means of access into the BAS. It shall contain all the required
software tools as discribed in Section 4 - BAS Software Tools.
A PC Hardware - Provide a (insert latest PC discription and printer) Comply
B
PC Operating System - The PC shall be provided with Microsoft Windows XP
professional Operating Systems software and the latest version of Symantec Antivirus Software including a 1 year upgrade
subscription service to the Symantec software.
Comply
5.2LCD Display - A wall mounted easy to operate User Interface that provides direct read / write access to any point on the
network. The LCD Display shall provide the following:Comply
A
The Display shall consist of an alphanumeric LCD display of 16 lines x 16 characters, and a multi-function keyboard. At total of
250 points shall be available for display and or control in groups of 50. Each group shall have a minimum of 13 alpha numeric
character descriptor and each point shall have up to a minimum of 16 character alpha numeric descriptor.
Comply
B
The display shall have a graphical logo displayed on its default screen. This logo shall be a standard monochrome bitmap of 89
x 128 pixels that the user can replace. Configuration of the display shall be made available from a wizard contained within the
system programming tools
Comply
C The Display User access shall be through a simple to use directional and entry buttons. Full keyboards shall be accepted Comply
D The LCD Display shall be provided as a surface mount or flush mount as shown on the mechanical drawings. Comply
Page 24 of 56
CLAUSE DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS
COMPLIANCE STATEMENT FOR PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA
& VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
5.3LCD Sensor - Where required provide for a LCD based sensor to connect to the VAV and or FCU that operates as a user
interface for temperature adjustment, override and display of values along with the ability to perform Air Balance task (for VAV).Comply
Wall module thermostat
with LCD display will be
provided for every VAV
controller.
5.4 PERIPHERAL DEVICES
1.1 Temperature Sensors and Transmitters - General Sensor & Transmitter Requirements
AProvide sensors and transmitters required as outlined in the input/output summary and sequence of operation, and as required
to achieve the specified accuracy as specified herein.Comply
BTemperature transmitters shall be equipped with individual zero and span adjustments. The zero and span adjustments shall
be non-interactive to permit calibration without iterative operations. Provide a loop test signal to aid in sensor calibration.Comply
C
Temperature transmitters shall be sized and constructed to be compatible with the medium to be monitored. Transmitters shall
be equipped with a linearization circuit to compensate for non-linearities of the sensor and bridge and provide a true linear
output signal.
Comply
DTemperature sensors shall be of the resistance type and shall be either platinum 1k ohm or thermistor 10k ohms type II as
specficied elsewhere.Comply
NTC 20K type sensors
are proposed.
E
Thermistors are acceptable provided the mathematical relationship of a thermistor with respect to resistance and temperature
with the thermistor fitting constraints is contained with the CU operating software and the listed accuracy’s can be obtained.
Submit proof of the software mathematical equation and thermistor manufacturer fitting constants used in the thermistor
mathematical/expressions. Thermistors shall be of the Thermistor (NTC) Type with a minimum of 100 ohm/°F. resistance
change versus temperature to insure good resolution and accuracy. Thermistors shall be certified to be stable ±0.24°F. over 5
years and ±0.36°F. accurate and free from drift for 5 years.
Comply
F CU operating software shall be equipped with a self-calibrating feature for temperature sensors. Comply
G The following accuracy’s are required and include errors associated with the sensor, lead wire and A to D conversion.
Point Type Accuracy Comply
Outside Air 0.5°F Comply
Page 25 of 56
CLAUSE DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS
COMPLIANCE STATEMENT FOR PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA
& VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
Chilled Water 0.5°F Comply
Room Temperature 1.00°F Comply
Hot Water/Steam 0.75°F Comply
Duct Temperature 0.5°F Comply
Sensors Used in Energy Water (BTU) or Process Calculations 0.1 °F N.A
H
Sensors used in BTU or process calculations shall be accurate to ±0.10°F over the process temperature range. Submit a
manufacturer’s calibration report indicating that the calibration certification is traceable to the National Bureau of Standards
(NBS) Calibration Report Nos. 209527/222173.
N.ANot applicable for this
project
I Thermowells
1When thermowells are required, the sensor and well shall be supplied as a complete assembly including well head and
greenfield fitting.Comply
2 Thermowells shall be pressure rated and constructed in accordance with the system working pressure Comply
3Thermowells and sensors shall be mounted in a threadolet or %” NPT saddle and allow easy access to the sensor for repair
or replacement.Comply
4Thermowells shall be constructed of the following materials: Chilled and Hot Water: brass;Steam: 316 stainless steel; Brine
(salt solutions): marine grade stainless steel.Comply
J Outside Air Sensors
1Outside air sensors shall be designed to withstand the environmental conditions to which they will be exposed. They shall
also be provided with a solar shield.Comply
2 Sensors exposed to wind velocity pressures shall be shielded by a perforated plate surrounding the sensor element. Comply
3 Temperature transmitters shall be of NEMA 3R construction and rated for ambient temperatures. Comply
K Duct Type Sensors
1
Duct mount sensors shall mount in a hand box through a hole in the duct and be positioned so as to be easily accessible for
repair or replacement. A neoprene grommet (sealtite fitting and mounting plate) shall be used on the sensor assembly to
prevent air leaks.
Comply
2Duct sensors shall be insertion type and constructed as a complete assembly including lock nut and mounting plate. Duct
sensors probe shall be constructed of 304 stainless steel.Comply
Page 26 of 56
CLAUSE DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS
COMPLIANCE STATEMENT FOR PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA
& VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
3 For outdoor air duct applications, use a weatherproof mounting box with weatherproof cover and gasket. Comply
4
Averaging Duct Type Sensors - For ductwork greater any dimension than 48 inches and/or where air temperature
stratification exists, utilize an averaging sensor with multiple sensing points. The averaging sensor shall be a 304 stainless
steel tube with holes extending across the duct or plenum to be sampled. A bleed hole outside the duct or plenum causes air
to enter the sample tube and exit at the bleed hole, thus bathing the sensor in average air. The averaging sensor shall be
installed complete with end cap, compression fittings, gaskets, mounting flange and required accessories. Provide capillary
supports at the sides of the duct to support the sensing string.
Comply
L Relative Humidity Sensors/Transmitter
1The sensor shall be a solid state, resistance type relative
humidity sensor of the Bulk Polymer Design. The sensor element shall be washable and shall resist surface contaminations.Comply
2Humidity transmitter shall be equipped with non-interactive span and zero adjustments, a 2 wire isolated loop powered, 4-
20Ma, 0-10 VDC linear proportional output.Comply
3 The humidity transmitter shall meet the following overall accuracy including lead loss and A to D conversion. Comply
4 Room Type Sensor ±3% RH Comply
5 Provide a single point humidity calibrator, if required, for field calibration. Transmitters shall be shipped factory pre-calibrated. Comply
M Differential Pressure Transmitters and Accessories
1 General Air and Water Pressure Transmitter Requirements:
2Pressure transmitters shall be constructed to withstand 100% pressure over-range without damage and to hold calibrated
accuracy when subject to a momentary 40% over-range input.Comply
3 Pressure transmitters shall provide the option to transmit a 0 to 5VDC, 0 to 10VDC, or 4 to 20 mA output signal. Comply
4Differential pressure transmitters used for flow measurement shall be sized to the flow-sensing device and shall be supplied
with shutoff and bleed valves in the high and low sensing pick-up lines (3 valve manifolds).N.A
Not applicable for this
project
5Provide a minimum of a NEMA 1 housing for the transmitter. Locate transmitters in accessible local control panels wherever
possible.Comply
Page 27 of 56
CLAUSE DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS
COMPLIANCE STATEMENT FOR PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA
& VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
6Low air pressure, differential pressure transmitters used for room filter monitoring. Shall be equipped with a LED display
indicating the transmitter output signal.Noted
Differential pressure
switch is proposed. LED
indicators not available
on switch.
7 Low Air Pressure Applications (0 to 0.5” WC)
a)The pressure transmitter shall be capable of transmitting a linear electronic signal proportional to the differential of the room
and reference static pressure input signals with the following minimum performance specifications.N.A
Not applicable for this
project
b) Span: Not greater than two times the design space DP. N.ANot applicable for this
project
c) Accuracy: Plus or minus 0.5% of F.S. N.ANot applicable for this
project
d) Dead Band: Less than 0.3% of output. N.ANot applicable for this
project
e) Repeatability: Within 0.2% of output. N.ANot applicable for this
project
f) Linearity: Plus or minus 0.2% of span. N.ANot applicable for this
project
g) Response: Less than one second for full span input. N.ANot applicable for this
project
h) Temperature Stability: Less than 0.01% output shift per degree F. change. N.ANot applicable for this
project
8 The transmitter shall utilize variable capacitance sensor technology and be immune to shock and vibration. Comply
9Provide an 18 month warranty for each transmitter. Replace all transmitters found to be defective at no cost to the Owner
during the warranty period.Comply
N Flow, Pressure, and Electrical Measuring Apparatus
Page 28 of 56
CLAUSE DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS
COMPLIANCE STATEMENT FOR PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA
& VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
1
Traverse Probe Air Flow Measuring Stations- Traverse probes
shall be a dual manifold, cylindrical, type constructed of 3003 extruded aluminum with an anodized finish to eliminate surface
pitting and unnecessary air friction. The multiple total pressure manifolds shall have sensors located along the stagnation
plane of the approaching air flow and without the physical presence of forward projecting sensors into the airstream. The
static pressure manifold shall incorporate dual offset static tips on opposing sides of the averaging manifold so as to be
insensitive to flow-angle variations of as much as ±20o in the approaching airstream.
N.ANot applicable for this
project
2
The air flow traverse probe shall not induce a measurable pressure drop, nor shall the sound level within the duct be
amplified by its singular or multiple presences in the airstream. Each airflow measuring probe shall contain multiple total and
static pressure sensors placed at equal distances along the probe length. The number of sensors on each probe and the
quantity of probes utilized at each installation shall comply with the ASHRAE Standards for duct traversing.
N.ANot applicable for this
project
3 Traverse probes shall be accurate to ±25% of the measured airflow range down to 0.25” WC static pressure. N.ANot applicable for this
project
4
Each flow measuring station shall be complete with its own dedicated microprocessor with a 4-line, 80 character, Alpha
Numeric display and full function key pad. The panel shall be fully programmable and display calculated CFM directly on a
LED monitor on the panel face.
N.ANot applicable for this
project
5 Each station shall log air flow rates in real time and download data to its control unit (CU) via a RS-232 interface. N.ANot applicable for this
project
6 Provide 24 volt 1 phase power to each flow measuring station. N.ANot applicable for this
project
O Shielded Static Pressure Sensor
1
Provide for each zone where required a shielded static pressure sensor suitable for ceiling surface mounting, complete with
multiple sensing ports, pressure impulse suppression chamber with minimum volume of 50 cubic inches, airflow shielding,
and 3/8" compression takeoff fittings, all contained in a welded stainless steel casing, with polish finish on the exposed
surfaces.
N.ANot applicable for this
project
2These probes shall be capable of sensing the static pressure in the proximity of the sensor to within 1% of the actual
pressure value while being subjected to a maximum airflow of 1000 FPM from a radial source.N.A
Not applicable for this
project
Page 29 of 56
CLAUSE DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS
COMPLIANCE STATEMENT FOR PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA
& VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
3 The shielded static sensing devices shall be used for both reference and space pressure sensing. N.ANot applicable for this
project
4Pressure sensors used for outside air pressure reference purposes shall be equipped with a conduit seal for pneumatic
tubing and bushings for a weather tight installation.N.A
Not applicable for this
project
PStatic Pressure Traverse Probe - Provide multipoint traverse probes in the duct at each point where static pressure sensing is
required.
1Each duct static traverse probe shall contain multiple static pressure sensors located along the exterior surface of the
cylindrical probe. Pressure sensing points shall not protrude beyond the surface of the probe.N.A
Not applicable for this
project
2
The duct static traverse probe shall be of 304 stainless steel construction and (except for 3/4" dia. probes with lengths of 24"
or less) be complete with threaded end support rod, sealing washer and nut, and mounting plate with gasket and static
pressure signal fitting. The static traverse probe shall be capable of producing a steady, non-pulsating signal of standard
static pressure without need for correction factors, with an instrument accuracy of 21.
N.ANot applicable for this
project
Q
Carbon Dioxide Sensor for Demand Controlled Ventilation. Provide a general purpose indoor transmitter/sensor assembly with
removable sensor, UL listed. 4-20 mA DC output representing 0-2000 ppm. Minimum (5) year sensor life, with field-replaceable
sensor unit. Accuracy +/- 1 percent of reading at 77 degF. Long term drift less than 1 percent of scale per year. For wall-
mounted sensors, provide local readout display.
N.ANot applicable for this
project
R Venturi Flowmeter - Provide venture flowmeters with the following features:
1Pressure drop on venturi type flow meters shall not exceed 0.25" WC. Each venturi low and high pressure taps shall be
equipped with nipples, valves and quick disconnects.N.A
Not applicable for this
project
2 Equip each venturi with a metal identification tag indicating the size, location, GPM and meter reading for the GPM specified. N.ANot applicable for this
project
3Provide (1) 6" dial differential pressure meter of the proper range to determine piping system flow rate. The meter shall be the
property of the Owner.N.A
Not applicable for this
project
4Venturi meters shall utilize flanged or screwed connections for removal purposes and shall be rated for the system operating
pressures.N.A
Not applicable for this
project
5The venturi flow meter shall be factory calibrated to provide a minimum of flow accuracy between actual and factory flow
calibration data.N.A
Not applicable for this
project
S Current Transformers - Provide current transformers with the following features:
Page 30 of 56
CLAUSE DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS
COMPLIANCE STATEMENT FOR PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA
& VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
1The current transformers shall be designed to be installed or removed without dismantling the primary bus or cables. The
transformer shall be of a split core design.N.A
Not applicable for this
project
2The core and windings shall be completely encased in a UL approved thermoplastic rated 94VA. No metal parts shall be
exposed other than the terminals.N.A
Not applicable for this
project
3 Frequency Limits: 50 to 400 Hz. Insulation: 0.6 KV Class, 10 KV BIL. N.ANot applicable for this
project
4 Accuracy: ± 1% at 5.0 to 25.0 VA accuracy class with U.P.F. burden. N.ANot applicable for this
project
5 Provide a disconnect switch for each current transformer. N.ANot applicable for this
project
T
Current Sensing Switches - Current sensing switch shall be self-powered with solid-state circuitry and a dry contact output.
Current sensing switches shall consist of a solid state current sensing circuit, adjustable trip point, solid state switch, SPDT
relay and an LED indicating the on or off status. A conductor of the load shall be passed through the window of the device. It
shall accept over current up to twice its trip into range.
N.ANot applicable for this
project
U
Relays - Relays other than those associated with digital output cards shall be general purpose, enclosed plug-in type with 8-pin
octal plug and protected by a heat and shock resistant duct cover. Number of contacts and operational function shall be as
required.
Comply
V
Solid State Relays (SSR): Input/output isolation shall be greater than lOE9 ohms with a breakdown voltage of 1500V root
mean square or greater at 60 Hz. The contact life shall be 10 x 10 E6 operations or greater. The ambient temperature range of
SSRs shall be -20 to +140F. Input impedance shall not be less than 500 ohms. Relays shall be rated for the application.
Operating and release time shall be for 100 milliseconds or less. Transient suppression shall be provided as an integral part of
the relay.
N.ANot applicable for this
project
W
Contactors: Contactors shall be of the single coil, electrically operated, mechanically held type. Positive locking shall be
obtained without the use of hooks, latches, or semipermanent magnets. Contractor shall be double-break-silver-to-silver type
protected by arcing contacts. The number of contacts and rating shall be selected for the application. Operating and release
times shall be 100 milliseconds or less. Contactors shall be equipped with coil transient suppression devices.
N.ANot applicable for this
project
XDirty Filter Differential Air Pressure Switch - Provide for a large diaphragm operated, SPDT switch, exposed adjustment, 1%
repetitive accuracy.Comply
Page 31 of 56
CLAUSE DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS
COMPLIANCE STATEMENT FOR PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA
& VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
YDifferential Water Pressure Switch - Provide a double diaphragm type, brass or stainless wetted parts, min. 200 psi working
pressure. Adjustable cut-in and differential, SPDT snap acting switch suitable for 120 VAC control circuit.N.A
Not applicable for this
project
ZWater Flow Switch (Paddle Type) - Provide a brass body, aluminum housing, and stainless steel segmented paddle. Magnetic
link between paddle movement and switch movement.N.A
Not applicable for this
project5.2 Valves and Actuators
A
General - Provide electric and electronic control system products in sizes and capacities indicated, consisting of automatic
control valves, automatic control dampers, thermostats, clocks, sensors, controllers, and other components as required for
complete installation. Except as otherwise indicated, provide manufacturer’s standard control system components as indicated
by published product information, designed and constructed as recommended by manufacturer. Provide electric control
systems with the following functional and construction features as indicated.
N.ANot applicable for this
project
B Automatic Control Valves
1
Provide automatic control valves suitable for the specified controlled media of the type and general construction indicated.
Where type or general construction is not indicated, provide selection as determined by manufacturer for installation
requirements and pressure class, based on controlled media, maximum pressure and temperature rating of piping system,
and other pertinent application requirements. Unless otherwise indicated, provide valves which mate and match material of
connecting piping. Provide equipment control valves with control valve actuators of required input power type and control
signal type that will accurately position the flow control element and provide sufficient force to achieve required leakage
specification.
N.ANot applicable for this
project
a) Distribution Valves
1) Flanged Valves, line size 2.5” to 6” N.ANot applicable for this
project
a) Controlled Media Specific Items (Select one or more of the following controlled media)
1)Steam - The control valve shall be suitable for saturated steam to a maximum temperature of 337°F (170°C) and a
maximum pressure of 100 psig (690 kPa). A Linear flow characteristic and stainless steel trim is recommended.N.A
Not applicable for this
project
Page 32 of 56
CLAUSE DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS
COMPLIANCE STATEMENT FOR PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA
& VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
2)
Water - The control valve shall be suitable for chilled water to a minimum of 32°F (0°C) and hot water to a maximum
temperature of 250°F (120°C). A modified equal percentage flow characteristic is recommended. Bronze trim is
recommended for operating differential pressures up to 25psi. Stainless steel trim is recommended for operating
differential pressures up to 50psi.
N.ANot applicable for this
project
3)
Glycol Solutions - The control valve shall be suitable for 50% ethylene or propylene glycol solutions, chilled
glycol/water solutions to a minimum of 20°F (-7°C) and hot glycol/water solutions to a maximum temperature of 250°F
(120°C). A modified equal percentage flow characteristic is recommended. Bronze trim is recommended for operating
differential pressures up to 25psi. Stainless steel trim is recommended for operating differential pressures up to 50psi.
N.ANot applicable for this
project
b) General Construction Materials/Applicable Standards - Select one or both of the following Pressure Classes.
1)Pressure Class 125 - Control valve bodies shall be constructed of gray cast iron according to ASTM A126B, and
shall meet requirements of ANSI B16.1, pressure class ANSI 125.N.A
Not applicable for this
project
2)Pressure Class 250 - Control valve bodies shall be constructed of gray cast iron according to ASTM A126B, and
shall meet requirements of ANSI B16.1, pressure class ANSI 250.N.A
Not applicable for this
project
3)Flange Connection Dimensions - For Class 125 and Class 250 valve assemblies, flange dimensions shall be
according to ANSI B16.1, and valve body flange-to-flange dimensions shall be according to ANSI/ISA S75.03.N.A
Not applicable for this
project
4) Flow Rate (Cv) - The control valve flow rate (Cv) shall meet the requirements of ANSI/ISA S75.02. N.ANot applicable for this
project
Select one or both of the following flow characteristic types. N.ANot applicable for this
project
5) Linear Flow Characteristic - The control valve shall have a linear flow characteristic, according to ANSI/ISA S75.11. N.ANot applicable for this
project
6) Equal Percentage Flow Characteristic - The control valve shall have a modified equal percentage flow characteristic. N.ANot applicable for this
project
7) Rangeability - The control valve shall have a minimum rangeability of 100:1. N.ANot applicable for this
project
Page 33 of 56
CLAUSE DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS
COMPLIANCE STATEMENT FOR PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA
& VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
8)Leakage Class IV (0.01%) - Valve shall meet the requirements of seat leakage Class IV according to ANSI/FCI 70.2,
with no more than 125% of nominal force necessary to balance fluid forces applied to valve stem.N.A
Not applicable for this
project
Select one or both of the following stem packing types.
9)Chilled and Hot Water Packing - Valve stem packing shall be of a cartridge type and shall contain at least two EPDM
o-rings.N.A
Not applicable for this
project
10)Steam Packing - Valve stem packing shall be of a spring- loaded cartridge type and shall contain at least seven
Teflon v-rings and one EPDM o-ring.N.A
Not applicable for this
project
Select one or both of the following trim material types. Stainless steel is recommended for steam applications and high
differential pressure applications. Bronze trim is recommended for normal duty water service.N.A
Not applicable for this
project
11)Bronze Trim - Control valve seat shall be made of stainless steel according to UNS S30300 or ASTM A582 Type
303, and plug shall be made of bronze according to UNS C84400.N.A
Not applicable for this
project
12)Stainless Trim - Control valve seat and plug shall be made of stainless steel according to UNS S30300, or ASTM
A582 Type 303.N.A
Not applicable for this
project
13) Stem Materials - Valve stem shall be made of polished stainless steel according to ASTM A581/A or ASTM A582/A. N.ANot applicable for this
project
c) Service Parts
1) Packings - Select one or both of the following stem packing types.
(i)Chilled and Hot Water Packing - Valve stem packing shall be of a cartridge type and shall contain at least two
EPDM o-rings. The cartridge type packing shall be replaceable as a unit.N.A
Not applicable for this
project
(ii)Steam Packing - Valve stem packing shall be of a spring-loaded cartridge type and shall contain at least three
Teflon v-rings and one EPDM o-ring.N.A
Not applicable for this
project
2) Trim - Plug and Stem - The control plug shall be replaceable as a unit.
2) Threaded Valves, line 0.5” to 2” N.ANot applicable for this
project
a) Controlled Media Specific Items - Select one or more of the following controlled media.
Page 34 of 56
CLAUSE DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS
COMPLIANCE STATEMENT FOR PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA
& VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
1)Steam - The control valve shall be suitable for saturated steam to a maximum temperature of 337°F (170°C) and a
maximum pressure of 100 psig (690 kPa). A Linear flow characteristic and stainless steel trim is recommended.N.A
Not applicable for this
project
2)
Water - The control valve shall be suitable for chilled water to a minimum of 32°F (0°C) and hot water to a maximum
temperature of 250°F (120°C). A modified equal percentage flow characteristic is recommended. Bronze or brass trim
is recommended for operating differential pressures up to 25psi. Stainless steel trim is recommended for operating
differential pressures up to 50psi.
N.ANot applicable for this
project
3)
Glycol Solutions - The control valve shall be suitable for 50% ethylene or propylene glycol solutions, chilled
glycol/water solutions to a minimum of 20°F (-7°C) and hot glycol/water solutions to a maximum temperature of 250°F
(120°C). A modified equal percentage flow characteristic is recommended. Bronze or brass trim is recommended for
operating differential pressures up to 25psi. Stainless steel trim is recommended for operating differential pressures
up to 50psi.
N.ANot applicable for this
project
b) General Construction Materials/Applicable Standards
1)Pressure Class 250 - Control valve bodies shall be constructed of cast bronze according to UNS C84400 or forged
brass according to UNS C37700, and shall meet requirements of ANSI B16.1, pressure class ANSI 250.N.A
Not applicable for this
project
2) Threaded Connection Dimensions - Threaded connection specifications shall be according to ANSI B2.1. N.ANot applicable for this
project
3) Flow Rate (Cv) - The control valve flow rate (Cv) shall meet the requirements of ANSI/ISA S75.02. N.ANot applicable for this
project
Select one or both of the following flow characteristic types.
4) Linear Flow Characteristic - The control valve shall have a linear flow characteristic, according to ANSI/ISA S75.11. N.ANot applicable for this
project
5) Equal Percentage Flow Characteristic - The control valve shall have a modified equal percentage flow characteristic. N.ANot applicable for this
project
6) Range ability - The control valve shall have a minimum range ability of 100:1. N.ANot applicable for this
project
Page 35 of 56
CLAUSE DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS
COMPLIANCE STATEMENT FOR PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA
& VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
7)Leakage Class IV (0.01%) - Valve shall meet the requirements of seat leakage Class IV according to ANSI/FCI 70.2,
with no more than 125% of nominal force necessary to balance fluid forces applied to valve stem.N.A
Not applicable for this
project
Select one or both of the following stem packing types.
8)Chilled and Hot Water Packing - Valve stem packing shall be of a cartridge type and shall contain at least two EPDM
o-rings.N.A
Not applicable for this
project
9)Steam Packing - Valve stem packing shall be of a spring- loaded cartridge type and shall contain at least three Teflon
v-rings and one EPDM o-ring.N.A
Not applicable for this
project
Select one or both of the following trim material types. Stainless steel is recommended for steam applications and high
differential pressure applications. Bronze/Brass trim is recommended for normal duty water service.N.A
Not applicable for this
project
10)
Bronze/Brass Trim - Control valve seat shall be made of stainless steel according to UNS S30300 or ASTM A582
Type 303, and plug shall be made of bronze according to UNS C84400 and/or brass according to UNS C36000 or
C37700
N.ANot applicable for this
project
11)Stainless Trim - Control valve seat and plug shall be made of stainless steel according to UNS S30300, or ASTM
A582 Type 303.N.A
Not applicable for this
project
12) Stem Materials - Valve stem shall be made of polished stainless steel according to ASTM A581/A or ASTM A582/A. N.ANot applicable for this
project
c) Service Parts
1) Packings - Select one or both of the following stem packing types. N.ANot applicable for this
project
(i)Chilled and Hot Water Packing - Valve stem packing shall be of a cartridge type and shall contain at least two
EPDM o-rings. The cartridge type packing shall be replaceable as a unit.N.A
Not applicable for this
project
(ii)Steam Packing - Valve stem packing shall be of a spring-loaded cartridge type and shall contain at least three
Teflon v-rings and one EPDM o-ring.N.A
Not applicable for this
project
2) Trim - Plug and Stem - The control plug and stem shall be replaceable as a unit. N.ANot applicable for this
project
b) Terminal Unit Valves
Page 36 of 56
CLAUSE DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS
COMPLIANCE STATEMENT FOR PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA
& VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
1) Threaded Valves, line 0.5” to 1.5” N.ANot applicable for this
project
a) Controlled Media Specific Items - Select one or more of the following controlled media.
1)Steam - The control valve shall be suitable for saturated steam to a maximum temperature of 250°F (120°C) and a
maximum pressure of 15 psig (103.5 kPa). A linear flow characteristic and stainless steel trim is recommended.N.A
Not applicable for this
project
2)
Water - The control valve shall be suitable for chilled water to a minimum of 32°F (0°C) and hot water to a maximum
temperature of 250°F (120°C). Bronze or brass trim is recommended for operating differential pressures up to 25psi.
Stainless steel trim is recommended for operating differential pressures up to 50psi.
N.ANot applicable for this
project
3)
Glycol Solutions - The control valve shall be suitable for 50% ethylene or propylene glycol solutions, chilled
glycol/water solutions to a minimum of 32°F (0°C) and hot glycol/water solutions to a maximum temperature of 250°F
(120°C). Bronze or brass trim is recommended for operating differential pressures up to 25psi. Stainless steel trim is
recommended for operating differential pressures up to 50psi.
N.ANot applicable for this
project
b) General Construction Materials/Applicable Standards
1)Pressure Class 250 - Control valve bodies shall be constructed of cast bronze according to UNS C84400 or forged
brass according to UNS C37700, and shall meet requirements of ANSI B16.1, pressure class ANSI 250.N.A
Not applicable for this
project
2) Threaded Connection Dimensions - Threaded connection specifications shall be according to ANSI B2.1. N.ANot applicable for this
project
3) Flow Rate (Cv) - The control valve flow rate (Cv) shall meet the requirements of ANSI/ISA S75.02. N.ANot applicable for this
project
4)Modified Equal Percentage Flow Characteristic - The control valve shall have a modified equal percentage flow
characteristic, according to ANSI/ISA S75.11.N.A
Not applicable for this
project
5)Rangeability - The control valve shall have a minimum rangeability of 100:1 on valves with a Cv value greater than or
equal to 1.0 and a minimum rangeability of 50:1 on valves with a Cv value less than 1.0.N.A
Not applicable for this
project
6)Leakage Class IV (0.01%) - Valve shall meet the requirements of seat leakage Class IV according to ANSI/FCI 70.2,
with no more than 125% of nominal force necessary to balance fluid forces applied to valve stem.N.A
Not applicable for this
project
Page 37 of 56
CLAUSE DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS
COMPLIANCE STATEMENT FOR PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA
& VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
7) Chilled Water, Hot Water and Steam Packing - Valve stem packing shall contain at least two EPDM o- rings. N.ANot applicable for this
project
Select one or both of the following trim material types.
Stainless steel is recommended for steam applications and high differential pressure applications. Bronze/Brass trim
is recommended for normal duty water service.
N.ANot applicable for this
project
8)Bronze/Brass Trim - Control valve seat and plug shall be made of bronze according to UNS C84400 and/or brass
according UNS C36000 or C37700.N.A
Not applicable for this
project
9)Stainless Trim - Control valve seat and plug shall be made of stainless steel according to UNS S30300, or ASTM
A582 Type 303.N.A
Not applicable for this
project
10) Stem Materials - Valve stem shall be made of polished stainless steel according to ASTM A581/A or ASTM A582/A. N.ANot applicable for this
project
c) Zone Valves
1) Threaded or Sweat Connection Valves, line size 0.5” to 1”. N.ANot applicable for this
project
a) Controlled Media Specific Items - Select one or more of the following controlled media. N.ANot applicable for this
project
1)Water - The control valve shall be suitable for chilled water to a minimum of 34°F (1°C) and hot water to a maximum
temperature of 230°F (110°C).N.A
Not applicable for this
project
2)
Glycol Solutions - The control valve shall be suitable for 50% ethylene or propylene glycol solutions, chilled
glycol/water solutions to a minimum of 34°F (1°C) and hot glycol/water solutions to a maximum temperature of 230°F
(110°C).
N.ANot applicable for this
project
b) General Construction Materials/Applicable Standards N.ANot applicable for this
project
1)Pressure Class 125 - Control valve bodies shall be constructed of forged brass and shall meet requirements of ANSI
B16.1, pressure class ANSI 125.N.A
Not applicable for this
project
Select one or more of the following connection types. N.ANot applicable for this
project
2) Threaded Connection Dimensions - Threaded connection specifications shall be according to ANSI B2.1. N.ANot applicable for this
project
Page 38 of 56
CLAUSE DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS
COMPLIANCE STATEMENT FOR PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA
& VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
3) Sweat Connection Dimensions - Sweat connection specifications shall be according to ANSI B16.22. N.ANot applicable for this
project
4) Flow Rate (Cv) - The control valve flow rate (Cv) shall meet the requirements of ANSI/ISA S75.02. N.ANot applicable for this
project
5) Linear Flow Characteristic - The control valve shall have a linear flow characteristic, according to ANSI/ISA S75.11. N.ANot applicable for this
project
6)Leakage Class III (0.1%) - Valve shall meet the requirements of seat leakage Class III according to ANSI/FCI 70.2,
with no more than 125% of nominal force necessary to balance fluid forces applied to valve stem.N.A
Not applicable for this
project
7) Chilled and Hot Water Packing - Valve stem packing shall contain at least two EPDM o- rings. N.ANot applicable for this
project
8) Brass Trim - Control valve seat and plug shall be made of brass according UNS C36000. N.ANot applicable for this
project
9) Stem Materials - Valve stem shall be made of polished stainless steel according to ASTM A581/A or ASTM A582/A. N.ANot applicable for this
project
d) Ball Valves N.ANot applicable for this
project
1) Threaded Valves, line size 0.5” to 2” N.ANot applicable for this
project
a) Controlled Media Specific Items - Select one or more of the following controlled media. N.ANot applicable for this
project
1)Water - The control valve shall be suitable for chilled water to a minimum of 32°F (0°C) and hot water to a maximum
temperature of 250°F (120°C).N.A
Not applicable for this
project
2)
Glycol Solutions - The control valve shall be suitable for 50% ethylene or propylene glycol solutions, chilled
glycol/water solutions to a minimum of 32°F (0°C) and hot glycol/water solutions to a maximum temperature of 250°F
(120°C).
N.ANot applicable for this
project
b) General Construction Materials/Applicable Standards N.ANot applicable for this
project
Page 39 of 56
CLAUSE DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS
COMPLIANCE STATEMENT FOR PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA
& VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
1)Body Material - Control valve bodies shall be constructed of forged brass according to ASTM B283, and shall meet
requirements of no less than 360 PSI at 250°F.N.A
Not applicable for this
project
2)Ball Material - Valve ball shall consist of chemically nickel-plated brass. Manufacturer shall provide a glass filled
polymer ball insert, as an integral part of the ball, for modulating flow applications.N.A
Not applicable for this
project
3) Threaded Connection Dimensions - Threaded connection specifications shall be according to ANSI B2.1. N.ANot applicable for this
project
4) Flow Rate (Cv) - The control valve flow rate (Cv) shall meet the requirements of ANSI/ISA S75.02. N.ANot applicable for this
project
5)Equal Percentage Flow Characteristic - The control valve shall have an equal percentage flow characteristic,
according to ANSI/ISA S75.11.N.A
Not applicable for this
project
6)Leakage Class IV (0.01%) - Valve shall meet the requirements of seat leakage Class IV according to ANSI/FCI 70.2,
with no more than 125% of nominal force necessary to balance fluid forces applied to valve stem.N.A
Not applicable for this
project
7) Chilled and Hot Water Packing and Stem - Valve shall have a blow-out proof stem with two EPDM O-rings. N.A Not applicable for this
8) Stem Materials - Valve stem shall be made of brass. N.ANot applicable for this
project
9) Manual Operation - Valve shall have the ability to be manually operated in the event of a power failure. N.ANot applicable for this
project
C Control Valve Actuators N.ANot applicable for this
project
1 Pneumatic Valve Actuators N.ANot applicable for this
project
a) General Requirements N.ANot applicable for this
project
1) Operating pressure - Valve actuator shall operate with supply pressure up to a maximum of 35psi (240kPa). N.ANot applicable for this
project
2)Safety pressure - Valve actuator shall withstand a maximum supply overpressure of 50psi (345kPa) then resume normal
operation when control pressure is applied.N.A
Not applicable for this
project
Page 40 of 56
CLAUSE DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS
COMPLIANCE STATEMENT FOR PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA
& VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
3)Pressure vessel integrity - Valve actuator shall be tested for pressure vessel integrity at a level of triple maximum
operating pressure.N.A
Not applicable for this
project
b) Distribution Valve Actuators N.ANot applicable for this
project
1)Mounting locations - The control valve actuator shall be suitable for mounting in plenum spaces as defined by NEC,
Article 100 - Definitions.N.A
Not applicable for this
project
2)Direct Coupled - The control valve actuator shall be directly coupled to the valve, with no intermediary linkage kit required,
to facilitate repair and/or replacement.N.A
Not applicable for this
project
3)Control signal - The actuator control signal shall be 5 psi nominal, and shall have a fully adjustable start point over the
nominal range of 3 to 10 psi, to facilitate operational sequencing.N.A
Not applicable for this
project
4)Control signal accuracy – Valve actuator position resolution shall be >100:1,with a hysteresis <5% of nominal control
signal span.N.A
Not applicable for this
project
Select one of the following operating ambient specifications. N.ANot applicable for this
project
5)
Normal duty operating ambient conditions - The control valve actuator shall be suitable for operation to a minimum
temperature of -40°F (-40°C), and a maximum temperature of 150°F (65°C), with 0-95% non-condensing ambient
humidity, and dry air supply.
N.ANot applicable for this
project
6)
Heavy duty operating ambient conditions - The control valve actuator shall be suitable for operation to a minimum
temperature of -40°F (-40°C), and a maximum temperature of 180°F (82°C), with 0-95% non-condensing ambient
humidity, and dry air supply.
N.ANot applicable for this
project
7)Accessories - For 8” and 12” pneumatic actuators only - The valve actuator shall have provisions to field or factory mount
a pilot positioner.N.A
Not applicable for this
project
c) Terminal Unit Valve Actuators N.ANot applicable for this
project
1)Mounting locations - The control valve actuator shall be suitable for mounting in plenum spaces as defined by NEC,
Article 100 - Definitions.N.A
Not applicable for this
project
2)Direct Coupled - The control valve actuator shall be directly coupled to the valve, with no intermediary linkage kit required,
to facilitate repair and/or replacement.N.A
Not applicable for this
project
Page 41 of 56
CLAUSE DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS
COMPLIANCE STATEMENT FOR PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA
& VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
3)Control signal - The actuator control signal shall be 5 psi nominal, and shall have a fully adjustable start point over the
nominal range of 3 to 10 psi, to facilitate operational sequencing.N.A
Not applicable for this
project
4)Control signal accuracy - Valve actuator position resolution shall be >100:1, with a hysteresis <5% of nominal control
signal span.N.A
Not applicable for this
project
5)
Normal duty operating ambient conditions - The control valve actuator shall be suitable for operation to a minimum
temperature of -40°F (-40°C), and a maximum temperature of 150°F (65°C), with 0-95% non-condensing ambient
humidity, and dry air supply.
N.ANot applicable for this
project
2 Electronic Valve Actuators 24Vac Powered
a) General Requirements
1) Applicable Standards
a) The valve actuator shall be identified as a Class 2 operating device, according to NEC, Article 725. N.ANot applicable for this
project
b)The valve actuator shall be tested and listed by Underwriters Laboratories according to UL873, and shall bear the UL
and cUL approval symbols.N.A
Not applicable for this
project
c) The valve actuator shall be designed and tested to NEMA 1 standards, according to NEMA 250. N.ANot applicable for this
project
For product likely to be exported to or used in Europe or a European territory or commonwealth. N.ANot applicable for this
project
d)The valve actuator shall bear the CE mark, and shall be designed and tested according to EU directives 89/336/EWG
and 72/23/EWG.N.A
Not applicable for this
project
2) Distribution Valve Actuators - Omit the following for Linkage Coupled Actuators. N.ANot applicable for this
project
a)
Direct Coupled - The control valve actuator shall be directly coupled to the valve, with no intermediary linkage kit
required, to facilitate repair and/or replacement. The control valve actuator shall be equipped with a manual override
feature, allowing operation of the control valve upon loss of control power or signal, without the aid of a separate tool or
auxiliary power supply.
N.ANot applicable for this
project
b) Fail Safe Operation - Select one or more of the following fail safe operation options. N.ANot applicable for this
project
Page 42 of 56
CLAUSE DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS
COMPLIANCE STATEMENT FOR PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA
& VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
1)Upon power failure or loss of control signal, the valve actuator shall return to a fail-safe operating position by means of
a mechanical spring.N.A
Not applicable for this
project
2) Upon power failure, the valve actuator shall maintain its last controlled position (fail in place). N.ANot applicable for this
project
c)Visual Position Indication - The valve actuator shall provide indication of valve stem position, clearly visible from a
distance of 15ft. (4.5m).N.A
Not applicable for this
project
3) Terminal Unit Valve Actuators - Omit the following for Linkage Coupled Actuators. N.ANot applicable for this
project
a)
Direct Coupled - The control valve actuator shall be directly coupled to the valve, with no intermediary linkage kit
required, to facilitate repair and/or replacement. The control valve actuator shall be equipped with a manual override
feature, allowing operation of the control valve upon loss of control power or signal, without the aid of a separate tool or
auxiliary power supply.
N.ANot applicable for this
project
b) Fail Safe Operation - Select one or more of the following fail safe operation options. N.ANot applicable for this
project
1)Upon power failure or loss of control signal, the valve actuator shall return to a fail-safe operating position by means of
a mechanical spring.N.A
Not applicable for this
project
2)Upon power failure or loss of control signal, the valve actuator shall return to a fail-safe operating position by self-
contained electronic means.N.A
Not applicable for this
project
3) Upon power failure, the valve actuator shall maintain its last controlled position (fail in place). N.ANot applicable for this
project
c)Visual Position Indication - The valve actuator shall provide indication of valve stem position, clearly visible from a
distance of 15ft. (4.5m).N.A
Not applicable for this
project
4) Zone Valve Actuators N.ANot applicable for this
project
a)
Direct Coupled - The control valve actuator shall be directly coupled to the valve, with no intermediary linkage kit
required, to facilitate repair and/or replacement. The control valve actuator shall be equipped with a manual override
feature, allowing operation of the control valve upon loss of control power or signal, without the aid of a separate tool or
auxiliary power supply.
N.ANot applicable for this
project
Page 43 of 56
CLAUSE DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS
COMPLIANCE STATEMENT FOR PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA
& VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
b) Fail Safe Operation - Select one or more of the following fail safe operation options. N.ANot applicable for this
project
1)Upon power failure or loss of control signal, the valve actuator shall return to a fail-safe operating position by means of
a mechanical spring. N.A
Not applicable for this
project
2) Upon power failure, the valve actuator shall maintain its last controlled position (fail in place). N.ANot applicable for this
project
c)Visual Position Indication - The valve actuator shall provide indication of valve stem position, clearly visible from a
distance of 15ft. (4.5m).N.A
Not applicable for this
project
5) Ball Valve Actuators N.ANot applicable for this
project
a)
Direct Coupled - The control valve actuator shall be directly coupled to the valve, with no intermediary linkage kit
required, to facilitate repair and/or replacement. The control valve actuator shall be equipped with a manual override
feature, allowing operation of the control valve upon loss of control power or signal, without the aid of a separate tool or
auxiliary power supply.
N.ANot applicable for this
project
b) Fail Safe Operation - Select one or more of the following fail safe operation options. N.ANot applicable for this
project
1)Upon power failure or loss of control signal, the valve actuator shall return to a fail-safe operating position by means of
a mechanical spring.N.A
Not applicable for this
project
2) Upon power failure, the valve actuator shall maintain its last controlled position (fail in place). N.ANot applicable for this
project
3) Torque Requirement - The control valve actuator shall provide minimum torque required for full valve shutoff position. N.ANot applicable for this
project
3 Electric Valve Actuator 115Vac/230Vac Powered
a) General Requirements
1) Applicable Standards
a) The valve actuator shall be identified as a Class 1 operating device, according to NEC, Article 725. N.ANot applicable for this
project
b)The valve actuator shall be tested and listed by Underwriters Laboratories according to UL873, and shall bear the UL and
cUL approval symbols.N.A
Not applicable for this
project
Page 44 of 56
CLAUSE DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS
COMPLIANCE STATEMENT FOR PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA
& VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
c) The valve actuator shall be designed and tested to NEMA 1 standards, according to NEMA 250. N.ANot applicable for this
project
For product likely to be exported to or used in Europe or a European territory or commonwealth. N.ANot applicable for this
project
d)The valve actuator shall bear the CE mark, and shall be designed and tested according to EU directives 89/336/EWG
and 72/23/EWG.N.A
Not applicable for this
project
2) Distribution Valve Actuators - Omit the following for Linkage Coupled Actuators. N.ANot applicable for this
project
a)
Direct Coupled - The control valve actuator shall be directly coupled to the valve, with no intermediary linkage kit required,
to facilitate repair and/or replacement. The control valve actuator shall be equipped with a manual override feature,
allowing operation of the control valve upon loss of control power or signal, without the aid of a separate tool.
N.ANot applicable for this
project
b) Fail Safe Operation - Select one or more of the following fail safe operation options. N.ANot applicable for this
project
1)Upon power failure or loss of control signal, the valve actuator shall return to a fail-safe operating position by means of a
mechanical spring.N.A
Not applicable for this
project
2) Upon power failure, the valve actuator shall maintain its last controlled position (fail in place). N.ANot applicable for this
project
c)Visual Position Indication - The valve actuator shall provide indication of valve stem position, clearly visible from a
distance of 15ft. (4.5m).N.A
Not applicable for this
project
3) Terminal Unit Valve Actuators - Omit the following for Linkage Coupled Actuators. N.ANot applicable for this
project
a)
Direct Coupled - The control valve actuator shall be directly coupled to the valve, with no intermediary linkage kit required,
to facilitate repair and/or replacement. The control valve actuator shall be equipped with a manual override feature,
allowing operation of the control valve upon loss of control power or signal, without the aid of a separate tool.
N.ANot applicable for this
project
b) Fail Safe Operation - Select one or more of the following fail safe operation options. N.ANot applicable for this
project
Page 45 of 56
CLAUSE DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS
COMPLIANCE STATEMENT FOR PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA
& VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
1)Upon power failure or loss of control signal, the valve actuator shall return to a fail-safe operating position by means of a
mechanical spring.N.A
Not applicable for this
project
2) Upon power failure, the valve actuator shall maintain its last controlled position (fail in place). N.ANot applicable for this
project
c)Visual Position Indication - The valve actuator shall provide indication of valve stem position, clearly visible from a
distance of 15ft. (4.5m).N.A
Not applicable for this
project
4) Zone Valve Actuators N.ANot applicable for this
project
a)
Direct Coupled - The control valve actuator shall be directly coupled to the valve, with no intermediary linkage kit required,
to facilitate repair and/or replacement. The control valve actuator shall be equipped with a manual override feature,
allowing operation of the control valve upon loss of control power or signal, without the aid of a separate tool.
N.ANot applicable for this
project
b) Fail Safe Operation - Select one or more of the following fail safe operation options. N.ANot applicable for this
project
1)Upon power failure or loss of control signal, the valve actuator shall return to a fail-safe operating position by means of a
mechanical spring.N.A
Not applicable for this
project
2) Upon power failure, the valve actuator shall maintain its last controlled position (fail in place). N.ANot applicable for this
project
c)Visual Position Indication - The valve actuator shall provide indication of valve stem position, clearly visible from a
distance of 15ft. (4.5m).N.A
Not applicable for this
project
D Direct Coupled Damper Actuators
1 Actuators shall be designed for mounting directly to the damper shaft without the need for connecting linkages.
2
All actuators having more than 100 lb-in torque output shall have a self-centering damper shaft clamp that guarantees
concentric alignment of the actuator's output coupling with the damper shaft. The self-centering clamp shall have a pair of
opposed "V" shaped toothed cradles; each having two rows of teeth to maximize holding strength. A single clamping bolt shall
simultaneously drive both cradles into contact with the damper shaft.
N.ANot applicable for this
project
3All actuators having more than a 100 lb-in torque output shall accept a 1" diameter shaft directly, without the need for
auxiliary adapters.N.A
Not applicable for this
project
Page 46 of 56
CLAUSE DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS
COMPLIANCE STATEMENT FOR PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA
& VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
4 All actuators having more than 100 lb-in torque output shall have an all metal housing made from die-cast aluminum. N.ANot applicable for this
project
5All actuators must provide overload protection throughout the full range of rotation, enabling the actuator to detect a blockage
in the damper and withstand a continuous stall condition without premature failure, or degradation in performance.N.A
Not applicable for this
project
6 All spring return actuators shall be capable of both clockwise or counterclockwise spring return fail-safe operation. N.ANot applicable for this
project
7
All spring return actuators shall use a continuously engaged mechanical return spring that returns the actuator to a fail-safe
position within 15 seconds, under rated temperature and load, in response to a loss of power. Other fail-safe mechanisms
which are either engaged only in response to a loss of power, or which are non-mechanical are not acceptable.
N.ANot applicable for this
project
8 All actuators shall provide a means of manually positioning the output coupling in the absence of power. N.ANot applicable for this
project
9Dual independently adjustable auxiliary switches must be integral to the actuator, thus maintaining a low total installed cost.
The addition of this feature as an accessory kit is not acceptable.N.A
Not applicable for this
project
10All actuators having more than 100 lb-in torque shall provide a factory mounted electrical cable (3 feet) and conduit fitting,
thus maintaining a low total installed cost.N.A
Not applicable for this
project
11 All actuators shall not require more than 10 VA. N.ANot applicable for this
project
12 Proportional actuators shall accept a 0-10 VDC or 4-20mA control signal, and provide a 0-10 VDC feedback signal. N.ANot applicable for this
project
13 All actuators shall provide an easily readable high contrast yellow on black position indicator. N.ANot applicable for this
project
14All actuators shall be designed for a minimum of 50,000 full stroke cycles at the actuator’s rated torque and temperatures,
and manufactured using IS09002 and IS014000 registered procedures, and shall be UL873 and CSA22.2 listed.N.A
Not applicable for this
project
E Accessories
1 Identification tags shall be available for all valves; tags shall be indelibly marked with Cv, model number and location. N.ANot applicable for this
project
Page 47 of 56
CLAUSE DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS
COMPLIANCE STATEMENT FOR PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA
& VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
Part 6 EXECUTION6.1 Examination
A Verification
1 Verify that all systems are ready to receive work. Comply
2The project plans shall be thoroughly examined for control device and equipment locations, and any discrepancies, conflicts,
or omissions shall be reported to the Architect/Engineer for resolution before rough-in work is started.Comply
3The contractor shall inspect the site to verify that equipment is installable as show, and any discrepancies, conflicts, or
omissions shall be reported to the Architect/Engineer for resolution before rough-in work is started.Comply
4
The Control System Contractor shall examine the drawings and specifications for other parts of the work, and if head room or
space conditions appear inadequate or if any discrepancies occur between the plans and his work and the plans for the work
of others, he shall report such discrepancies to the Architect/Engineer and shall obtain written instructions for any changes
necessary to accommodate his work with the work of others.
Comply
B General Installation Requirements
1) Install all control components in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Comply
2)If the controls contractor is responsible for providing the damper then provide mixing dampers of parallel blade construction
arranged to mix streams. Provide separate minimum outside air damper section adjacent to variable outside air damper.Comply
3)
Mount control panels adjacent to associated equipment on vibration-free walls or freestanding angle iron supports. One
cabinet may accommodate more than one system in same equipment room. Provide nameplates for instruments and controls
inside cabinet and nameplates on cabinet face.
Comply
4)After completion of installation, test and adjust control equipment. Submit data showing setpoints and final adjustments of
controls.Comply
5)Install equipment, piping, wiring/conduit parallel to building lines (i.e., horizontal, vertical, and parallel to walls) wherever
possible.Comply
6) Provide sufficient slack and flexible connections to allow for vibration of piping and equipment. Comply
7) Verify integrity of all wiring to ensure continuity and freedom from shorts and grounds. Comply
Page 48 of 56
CLAUSE DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS
COMPLIANCE STATEMENT FOR PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA
& VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
8)All equipment, installation, and wiring shall comply with acceptable industry specifications and standards for performance,
reliability, and compatibility and be executed in strict adherence to local codes and standard practices.Comply
C Graphical User Interface PC Location
15Install Graphical User Interface PC in the location indicated. Do not deliver the Graphical User Interface PC to the job site
until a proper location has been prepared. Location shall be clean and dry, free from construction dust and debris.Comply
16Location shall have a dedicated work surface (table or desk with chair). Work surface shall be provided by Owner or General
Contractor for use by this Contractor.Comply
17Location shall have ample storage provisions for documentation and manuals, either shelving or a four drawer upright filing
cabinet. Storage provisions shall be provided by Owner or General Contractor for use by this Contractor.Comply
18 Location shall have a dedicated locked electrical circuit for use by this Contractor. Comply
D Ethernet Network Connection
19All nevices that require a connection to the LAN or access to an ISP shall be approved by the owners Information
Technology representitive prior to installation.Comply
20 All ethernet communication connections shall be provided by the owner or General Contractor. Comply6.2 Electrical System Installation
A Comply with all Division 16 Installation Requirements. Comply
BProvide interlock wiring between supply and exhaust fans, electrical wiring for relays (including power feed) for temperature and
pressure indication.Comply
C
Provide power wiring, conduit and connections for low temperature thermostats, high temperature thermostats, alarms, flow
switches, actuating devices for temperature, humidity, pressure and flow indication, point resets and user disconnect switches
for electric heating, appliances controlled by this Section.
Comply
D Provide all other wiring required for the complete operation of the specified systems. Comply
EWhere required install all wiring raceway systems complying with the requirements of the National Electrical Code. All required
conduit shall be installed in EMT.Comply
FProvide interlock wiring between supply and exhaust fans, electrical wiring for relays (including power feed) for temperature and
pressure indication.Comply
Page 49 of 56
CLAUSE DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS
COMPLIANCE STATEMENT FOR PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA
& VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
G Surge Protection and Lighting Protection
1All equipment and all communication media shall be suitably protected from damage associated with electrical surge and
lightning strike. Submittal and approval is required for all such devices.Comply
2 All input-output hardware and instrumentation located outdoors shall be isolated using approved surge suppression devices. Comply
3 All telephone modem connections shall be isolated using approved surge suppression devices. Comply
4 All building-to-building communication connections shall be isolated using approved surge suppression devices. Comply
5All temperature control panels and controllers shall be provided with a control power transformer with fuse protection on both
the primary and secondary sides.Comply
HProvide electrical disconnecting means for servicing, for each control panel, digital controller, router, transformer, power supply,
and other devices that are served by 120VAC or higher voltage.Comply
I
Enclosures shall be fabricated of 14ga. steel with sub-panels for component mounting and have removable, hinged doors.
Enclosures shall be sized to house the controllers, power supplies, transformers, relays, wire duct and miscellaneous
equipment required to support the application. Enclosures shall be provided for all controllers that are not located within an
OEM provided mechanical equipment or on a VAV box.
Comply
JEnclosure power supply shall provide at least one 40VA and one 100VA transformer with individual on/off switches and circuit
breakers and two 120VAC outlets. Enclosures and power supplies shall be UL listed Class II.Comply
K Network Communication Requirements
1 Wired network communication shall be via channels in compliance with manufactures recommendations for communications Comply
2 In all communication conduits, provide one spare twisted pair to be installed, tagged and labeled at each end. Comply
3Communication conduits shall not be installed closer than six feet from high power transformers or run parallel within six feet
of electrical high power cables. Care shall be taken to route the cable as far from interference generating devices as possible.Comply
4 There shall be no power wiring, in excess of 30 VAC rms, run in conduit with communications wiring. Comply
L Input/Output Control Wiring
1Platinum 1k ohm and thermistor 10K type II wiring shall be two- wire or four-wire twisted, shielded, minimum number 22
gauge.Comply
2 Other analog inputs shall be a minimum of number 22 gauge, twisted, shielded. Comply
Page 50 of 56
CLAUSE DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS
COMPLIANCE STATEMENT FOR PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA
& VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
3 Binary control function wiring shall be a minimum of number 18 gauge. Comply
4 Analog output control functions shall be a minimum of number 18 gauge, twisted, shielded. Comply
5 Binary input wiring shall be a minimum of number 18 gauge. Comply
M
Splices in shielded cables shall consist of terminations and the use of
shielded cable couplers, which maintain the integrity of the shielding.
Terminations shall be in accessible locations. Cables shall be harnessed with cable ties as specified herein.
Comply
N Conduit and Fittings
1Conduit for Control Wiring, Control Cable and Transmission Cable: Electrical metallic tubing (EMT) with compression fittings,
cold rolled steel, zinc coated or zinc-coated rigid steel with threaded connections.Noted
2Outlet Boxes (Dry Location): Sheradized or galvanized drawn steel suited to each application, in general, four inches square
or octagon with suitable raised cover.Noted
3 Outlet Boxes (Exposed to Weather): Threaded hub cast aluminum or iron boxes with gasket device plate. Noted
4Pull and Junction Boxes: Size according to number, size, and position of entering raceway as required by National Electrical
Codes. Enclosure type shall be suited to location.Noted
5Install low voltage power and field level network and LAN communication trunks in conduit in the following locations
regardless of local building code allowances otherwise.Noted
a) Mechanical rooms.
b) Electrical rooms.
c) Vertical risers (exception: fire rated continuous closet like a telephone closet).
d) Open Areas where the wiring will be exposed to view or tampering.
6Conceal conduit within finished shafts, ceilings and wall as required. Install exposed conduit parallel with or at right angles to
the building walls.Noted
OWhere Class 2 wires are in concealed and accessible locations including ceiling return air plenums, approved cables not in
raceway may be used provided that:Noted
1Circuits meet NEC Class 2 (current-limited) requirements. (Low- voltage power circuits shall be sub-fused when required to
meet Class 2 current-limit.)Noted
2 All cables shall be UL listed for application, i.e., cables used in ceiling plenums shall be UL listed specifically for that purpose. Noted
Page 51 of 56
CLAUSE DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS
COMPLIANCE STATEMENT FOR PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA
& VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
P
Do not install Class 2 wiring in conduit containing Class 1 wiring. Boxes
and panels containing high voltage may not be used for low voltage wiring except for the purpose of interfacing the two (e.g.,
relays and transformers).
Noted
QWhere Class 2 wiring is run exposed, wiring to be run parallel along a
surface or perpendicular to it, and NEATLY tied at 3m (10 ft.) intervals.Noted
R
All wire-to-device connections shall be made at a terminal blocks or
terminal strip. All wire-to-wire connections shall be at a terminal block, or with a crimped connector. All wiring within enclosures
shall be neatly bundled and anchored to permit access and prevent restriction to devices and terminals.
Noted
S Plug or cap all unused conduit openings and stub-ups. Do not use caulking compound. Noted
TRoute all conduit to clear beams, plates, footings and structure members. Do not route conduit through column footings or
grade beams.Noted
U Set conduits as follows:
1Expanding silicone fire stop material sealed watertight where conduit is run between floors and through walls of fireproof
shaft.Noted
2 Oakum and lead, sealed watertight penetration through outside foundation walls. Noted
V Cap open ends of conduits until conductors are installed.
W
Where conduit is attached to vibrating or rotating equipment, flexible metal conduit with a minimum length of 18 inches and
maximum length of 36 inches shall be installed and anchored in such a manner that vibration and equipment noise will not be
transmitted to the rigid conduit.
Noted
XWhere exposed to the elements or in damp or wet locations, waterproof flexible conduit shall be installed. Installation shall be
as specified for flexible metal conduit.Noted
YProvide floor, wall, and ceiling plates for all conduits passing through walls, floors or ceilings. Use prime coated cast iron, split-
ring type plates, except with polished chrome-plated finish in exposed finished spaces.Noted
6.3 Temperature Sensors
ATemperature sensor assemblies shall be readily accessible and adaptable to each type of application in such manner as to
allow for quick, easy replacement and servicing without special tools or skills.Comply
B Strap-on mountings shall not be permitted. Noted
Page 52 of 56
CLAUSE DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS
COMPLIANCE STATEMENT FOR PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA
& VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
COutdoor installations shall be; of weatherproof construction or in appropriate NEMA enclosures. These installations shall be
protected from solar radiation and wind effects. Protective shield shall be stainless steel.Comply
D Sensors shall be with enclosure where located in finished space. Comply
E
Sensors in ducts shall be mounted in locations to sense the correct temperature of the air only and shall not be located in dead
air spaces or positions obstructed by ducts, equipment, and so forth. Locations where installed shall be within the vibration and
velocity limit of the sensing element. Ducts shall be securely sealed where elements or connections penetrate ducts to avoid
measuring false conditions.
Comply
F
All sensors measuring temperatures in pipes larger than 2 inches in diameter or in pressure vessels shall be supplied with wells
properly fabricated for the service. Wells shall be noncorrosive to the medium being measured and shall have sufficient
physical strength to withstand pressures and velocities to which they are subjected. Wells shall be installed in the piping at
elbows where piping is smaller than the length of the well to effect proper flow across the entire area of the well.
Comply
G
All field sensors, transmitters, actuators, switches, etc. shall be field calibrated. The calibration shall be guaranteed for the
period of the control system warranty. Any corrections or re-calibration required during the warranty will be performed at no cost
to Owner. Calibration methods, means, instruments, and standards shall be in strict accordance with IS0-9000 standards.
Comply
6.4 Controls Valves, Control Dampers and Actuators
A Control Valves.
1 Control valves shall be installed by the Div. 15 contractor. N.ANot applicable for this
project
2Coordinate with the Div. 15 contractor and verify that each control valve can be serviced, including adjustment and removal
of the actuator.N.A
Not applicable for this
project
3 All control valves shall have unions installed at each inlet and outlet to permit removal of the valve for servicing. N.ANot applicable for this
project
4
Valves shall be installed with stems vertical where possible. Where space conditions require valves to be mounted with stems
greater than 45° off vertical the actuator shall be externally supported. In no case will the control valve be mounted with the
stem greater than 90° off of vertical.
N.ANot applicable for this
project
B Control Dampers.
5 Control dampers shall be installed by Div. 15 contractor. Noted
Page 53 of 56
CLAUSE DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS
COMPLIANCE STATEMENT FOR PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA
& VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
6Coordinate with the Div. 15 contractor the service access requirements of the control dampers, and verify that each control
damper can be serviced, including adjustment and removal of the actuator.Noted
7Div. 15 Contractor shall provide necessary blank-off plates required for installation of reduced-size dampers (dampers that
are smaller than duct size).Noted
8 Furnish interconnecting hardware, linkages, etc. for installation of multiple section dampers by Div. 15 Contractor. Noted
6.5 Access Doors.
HDiv. 15 Contractor shall provide access doors or other approved means of access through ducts for service to control
equipment.Comply
6.6 Instrument Enclosures and Control Panels
A
Securely mount all control panels and enclosures to wall or structure
using bolts, anchors, etc. Mount enclosures and control panels with top at 60 inches above finished floor, unless noted
otherwise. Field fabricate enclosure mounting rack from Unistrut or Kindorf, where required. Locate enclosures and control
panels to ensure full door swing.
Comply
B Seal all conduit entrances into enclosures and control panels, water tight. Comply
C Locate enclosures indoors where possible. Provide drains and block heaters for all panels located outdoors. Comply6.7 Identification of Hardware and Wiring
AAll wiring and cabling, including that within factory-fabricated panels shall be labeled at each end within 2" of termination with a
cable identifier and other descriptive information.Comply
B Permanently label or code each point of field terminal strips to show the instrument or item served. Comply
C Identify control panels with minimum 1 inch letters on nameplates. Comply
D Identify all other control components with permanent labels. Identifiers shall match record documents. Comply
E
Affix engraved tags plates on each motor starter controlled through the EMS. Minimum tag size shall be 1 in. X 3 in. Minimum
lettering size shall be 3/16 in. high. Tag shall be red with white lettering. Tags shall indicate the following:
C A U T I O N This equipment is operating under automatic control and may start at any time without warning
Comply
F Identify room sensors relating to terminal box or valves with nameplates. Comply6.8 Cleaning
Page 54 of 56
CLAUSE DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS
COMPLIANCE STATEMENT FOR PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA
& VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
A
This contractor shall clean up all debris resulting from his or her activities daily. The contractor shall remove all cartons,
containers, crates, etc. under his control as soon as their contents have been removed. Waste shall be collected and placed in
a location designated by the Construction Manager or General Contractor.
Noted
BAt the completion of work in any area, the Contractor shall clean all of his/her work, equipment, etc., making it free from dirt and
debris, etc.Noted
C
At the completion of work, all equipment furnished under this Section shall be checked for paint damage, and any factory-
finished paint that has been damaged shall be repaired to match the adjacent areas. Any metal cabinet or enclosure that has
been deformed shall be replaced with new material and repainted to match the adjacent areas.
Noted
6.9 Protection
AThe Contractor shall protect all work and material from damage by his/her work or workers, and shall be liable for all damage
thus caused.Noted
B
The Contractor shall be responsible for his/her work and equipment until finally inspected, tested, and accepted. The
Contractor shall protect his/her work against theft or damage, and shall carefully store material and equipment received on-site
that is not immediately installed.
The Contractor shall close all open ends of work with temporary covers or plugs during storage and construction to prevent
entry of foreign objects.
Noted
6.10 Field Quality Control
AAll work, materials and equipment shall comply with the rules and regulations of applicable local, state, and federal codes and
ordinances as identified in Part 1 of this Section.Noted
BContractor shall continually monitor the field installation for code compliance and quality of workmanship. All visible piping
and/or wiring runs shall be installed parallel to building lines and properly supported.Noted
C Contractor shall arrange for field inspections by local and/or state authorities having jurisdiction over the work. Noted6.11 Performance Evaluation/Acceptance Procedure
A
General. - Acceptance of the control system depends in part upon successful demonstration of control system performance.
The SI shall prepare a detailed final functional test and verification plan indicating in a step-by-step logical fashion the
procedures by which the control system will be tested. This shall include the following procedures:
Comply
1 Sequence of Operation - Demonstrate all sequences of operation. Comply
2 Test Documentation - Provide standard formatted documentation for each controlled system and element test. Comply
Page 55 of 56
CLAUSE DESCRIPTION COMPLIANCE REMARKS
COMPLIANCE STATEMENT FOR PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA
& VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
3
Pre-Testing - The control system installer shall have performed pre-testing of all tests on all components before final testing.
If during final testing more than 10 percent of the points or sequences checked are found to be faulty, the Contractor shall
halt the test and re-check all parts of the system test.
Comply
4
Testing Plan. Submit test plan for approval not less than 4 weeks prior to tests. Meet with Owner’s representative, discuss
the test plan, and make necessary revisions. The test plan shall include, as a minimum, for each control system and sub-
system the following:
a) System name. Comply
b) List of devices with brief description of functional purpose of each. Comply
c) The expected signal values transmitted by the sensors/transmitters. Comply
d) The expected signal values transmitted by the controller to the controlled device or actuator. Comply
e) The expected values of the control medium from limit-to-limit. Comply
f) A description of the instrumentation required to test the system, including proof of calibration. Comply
g) A detailed step-by-step process in conducting test and verification. Comply
h) Log sheets on which expected and actual values will be recorded. Comply
i) Other criteria for test to indicate that the system is operating in accordance with Contract requirements. Comply
B
Testing - Inform the Engineer and Owner of all test dates for attendance, so that the Engineer and/or Owner may attend the
test if desired. Perform all tests. Correct all system maladies found in the testing procedure. Retest as required. If Owner’s
representative does not witness test, provide performance certification.
Comply
C
Acceptance - The control systems will not be accepted as meeting the requirements of Completion until all tests described in
this specification have been performed to the satisfaction of both the Engineer and Owner. Any tests that cannot be performed
due to circumstances beyond the control of the Contractor may be exempt from the completion requirements if stated as such
in writing by the Owner's representative.
Comply
Page 56 of 56
EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE
S.NO DESCRIPTION UNITQTY PER
SCHOOL
TOTAL QTY FO
2 SCHOOLMONITORED CONTROLLED
1 Package Unit Nos 26 52
2 Exhaust Fan Nos 23 46
3 Supply Fan No 1 2
4 Variable Air Volume (VAV) Nos 28 56
5 Split A/C Unit Nos 6 12
6 Air Curtain Nos 23 46
1 Electric Fire Pump (E+D+J) Nos 3 6
2 Lift Pump Nos 2 4
3 Booster Pump Nos 10 20
4 Irrigation Water Pump Nos 2 4
5 Domestic Water Pump Nos 2 4
6 Domestic Water Tank Nos 3 6
7 Fire Water Tank No 1 2
1 MV Panel No 1 2
2 Elevator No 1 2
3 Fire Alarm Panel No 1 2
4 Public Address System No 1 2
5 LPG System No 1 2
6 Dimming Panel No 1 2
7 Auto Gas Changer System No 1 2
1 Fire Alarm Panel
2 Power Meter on MV Panel
Miscellaneous
Via Modbus Protocol (250 Points)
HVAC
PROJECT:-CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA &
VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE
Plumbing
Electrical
Via BACnet/IP Protocol (1000 Points)
Page 1
I/O POINT SUMMARY
12
13.12.2015
SI. No. FUNCTION DESCRIPTION QTY AI DI AO DO REMARKS
5
1PACU supply fan start/stop command
5 Relay output from BMS
2 PACU HOA selector switch status 5VFC from unit control panel
3 PACU on/off run Status 5VFC from unit control panel
4 PACU trip alarm status 5VFC from unit control panel
5 PACU air Filter dirty/clean status 5Air differential pressure switch
6PACU Supply fan air flow proof status
5Air differential pressure switch
7 PACU return air temperature 5 Duct temperature sensor
8PACU air temperature set-point (adjustable)
via BMS graphics screen on BMS Workstation
9 PACU Compressor command 10 Relay output from BMS
10 PACU compressor-1 on/off status 5VFC from unit control panel
11 PACU compressor-2 on/off status 5VFC from unit control panel
12PACU compressor-1 trip/alarm status
5VFC from unit control panel
13PACU compressor-2 trip/alarm status
5VFC from unit control panel
14 CO2 Sensor 5 CO2 Sensor
15Fresh air modulating damper control
50-10V signal to modulating damper actuatot
16Fresh air modulating damper position
50-10V signal from modulating damper actuator
PROJECT:-CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA &
VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
IO POINT SUMMARY (Typical for 1 school)
DDCP-1 (Roof)
Package Unit (Typical)
Page 1 of 15
12
13.12.2015
SI. No. FUNCTION DESCRIPTION QTY AI DI AO DO REMARKS
PROJECT:-CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA &
VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
IO POINT SUMMARY (Typical for 1 school)
17 Fire alarm status 5VFC from Fire alarm control panel
Page 2 of 15
12
13.12.2015
SI. No. FUNCTION DESCRIPTION QTY AI DI AO DO REMARKS
PROJECT:-CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA &
VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
IO POINT SUMMARY (Typical for 1 school)
TOTAL POINTS 15 50 5 15
6
1 Room temperature with setpoint 6
2 Damper control 6
3 Damper position 6
TOTAL POINTS 12 0 6 0
4
1 Fan enable/disable command 4 Relay output from BMS
2 Fan HOA selector switch status 4VFC from unit control panel
3 Fan run on/off status 4VFC from unit control panel
4 Fan trip/alarm status 4VFC from unit control panel
TOTAL POINTS 0 12 0 4
1
1 SF enable/disable command 1 Relay output from BMS
2 SF HOA selector switch status 1VFC from unit control panel
3 SF run on/off status 1VFC from unit control panel
4 SF trip/alarm status 1VFC from unit control panel
TOTAL POINTS 0 3 0 1
Supply fan
VAV controller with thermostat
Exhaust fan
VAV By-pass Boxes
Page 3 of 15
12
13.12.2015
SI. No. FUNCTION DESCRIPTION QTY AI DI AO DO REMARKS
PROJECT:-CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA &
VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
IO POINT SUMMARY (Typical for 1 school)
3
1 Air curtain on/off status 3VFC from unit control panel
TOTAL POINTS 0 3 0 0
2
1 Pump HOA selector switch status 2VFC from unit control panel
2 Pump run on/off status 2VFC from unit control panel
3 Pump trip/alarm status 2VFC from unit control panel
TOTAL POINTS 0 6 0 0
TOTAL POINTS FOR DDCP-1 27 74 11 20
TOTAL POINTS FOR DDCP-1
WITH 10% SPARE30 82 13 22 147
5
1PACU supply fan start/stop command
5 Relay output from BMS
2 PACU HOA selector switch status 5VFC from unit control panel
3 PACU on/off run Status 5VFC from unit control panel
4 PACU trip alarm status 5VFC from unit control panel
5 PACU air Filter dirty/clean status 5Air differential pressure switch
6PACU Supply fan air flow proof status
5Air differential pressure switch
7 PACU return air temperature 5 Duct temperature sensor
Package Unit (Typical)
DDCP-2 (Roof)
Air curtains
Booster pumps
Page 4 of 15
12
13.12.2015
SI. No. FUNCTION DESCRIPTION QTY AI DI AO DO REMARKS
PROJECT:-CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA &
VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
IO POINT SUMMARY (Typical for 1 school)
8PACU air temperature set-point (adjustable)
via BMS graphics screen on BMS Workstation
9 PACU Compressor command 10 Relay output from BMS
10 PACU compressor-1 on/off status 5VFC from unit control panel
11 PACU compressor-2 on/off status 5VFC from unit control panel
12PACU compressor-1 trip/alarm status
5VFC from unit control panel
13PACU compressor-2 trip/alarm status
5VFC from unit control panel
14 Fire alarm status 5VFC from Fire alarm control panel
TOTAL POINTS 5 50 0 15
6
1 Room temperature with setpoint 6
2 Damper control 6
3 Damper position 6
TOTAL POINTS 12 0 6 0
4
1 Fan enable/disable command 4 Relay output from BMS
2 Fan HOA selector switch status 4VFC from unit control panel
3 Fan run on/off status 4VFC from unit control panel
4 Fan trip/alarm status 4VFC from unit control panel
TOTAL POINTS 0 12 0 4
VAV By-pass Boxes
VAV controller with thermostat
Exhaust fan
Page 5 of 15
12
13.12.2015
SI. No. FUNCTION DESCRIPTION QTY AI DI AO DO REMARKS
PROJECT:-CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA &
VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
IO POINT SUMMARY (Typical for 1 school)
4
1 Air curtain on/off status 4VFC from unit control panel
TOTAL POINTS 0 4 0 0
1
1 System panel healthy status 1VFC from unit control panel
2 System panel faulty 1VFC from unit control panel
TOTAL POINTS 0 2 0 0
TOTAL POINTS FOR DDCP-2 17 68 6 19
TOTAL POINTS FOR DDCP-2
WITH 10% SPARE19 75 7 21 122
5
1PACU supply fan start/stop command
5 Relay output from BMS
2 PACU HOA selector switch status 5VFC from unit control panel
3 PACU on/off run Status 5VFC from unit control panel
4 PACU trip alarm status 5VFC from unit control panel
5 PACU air Filter dirty/clean status 5Air differential pressure switch
6PACU Supply fan air flow proof status
5Air differential pressure switch
7 PACU return air temperature 5 Duct temperature sensor
8PACU air temperature set-point (adjustable)
via BMS graphics screen on BMS Workstation
LPG System
Package Unit (Typical)
DDCP-3 (Roof)
Air curtains
Page 6 of 15
12
13.12.2015
SI. No. FUNCTION DESCRIPTION QTY AI DI AO DO REMARKS
PROJECT:-CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA &
VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
IO POINT SUMMARY (Typical for 1 school)
9 PACU Compressor command 10 Relay output from BMS
10 PACU compressor-1 on/off status 5VFC from unit control panel
11 PACU compressor-2 on/off status 5VFC from unit control panel
12PACU compressor-1 trip/alarm status
5VFC from unit control panel
13PACU compressor-2 trip/alarm status
5VFC from unit control panel
14 Fire alarm status 5VFC from Fire alarm control panel
TOTAL POINTS 5 50 0 15
6
1 Room temperature with setpoint 6
2 Damper control 6
3 Damper position 6
TOTAL POINTS 12 0 6 0
5
1 Fan enable/disable command 5 Relay output from BMS
2 Fan HOA selector switch status 5VFC from unit control panel
3 Fan run on/off status 5VFC from unit control panel
4 Fan trip/alarm status 5VFC from unit control panel
TOTAL POINTS 0 15 0 5
3
VAV By-pass Boxes
Exhaust fan
VAV controller with thermostat
Booster pumps
Page 7 of 15
12
13.12.2015
SI. No. FUNCTION DESCRIPTION QTY AI DI AO DO REMARKS
PROJECT:-CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA &
VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
IO POINT SUMMARY (Typical for 1 school)
1 Pump HOA selector switch status 3VFC from unit control panel
2 Pump run on/off status 3VFC from unit control panel
3 Pump trip/alarm status 3VFC from unit control panel
TOTAL POINTS 0 9 0 0
4
1 Air curtain on/off status 4VFC from unit control panel
TOTAL POINTS 0 4 0 0
TOTAL POINTS FOR DDCP-3 17 78 6 20
TOTAL POINTS FOR DDCP-3
WITH 10% SPARE19 86 7 22 134
5
1PACU supply fan start/stop command
5 Relay output from BMS
2 PACU HOA selector switch status 5VFC from unit control panel
3 PACU on/off run Status 5VFC from unit control panel
4 PACU trip alarm status 5VFC from unit control panel
5 PACU air Filter dirty/clean status 5Air differential pressure switch
6PACU Supply fan air flow proof status
5Air differential pressure switch
7 PACU return air temperature 5 Duct temperature sensor
8PACU air temperature set-point (adjustable)
via BMS graphics screen on BMS Workstation
Package Unit (Typical)
Air curtains
DDCP-4 (Roof)
Page 8 of 15
12
13.12.2015
SI. No. FUNCTION DESCRIPTION QTY AI DI AO DO REMARKS
PROJECT:-CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA &
VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
IO POINT SUMMARY (Typical for 1 school)
9 PACU Compressor command 10 Relay output from BMS
10 PACU compressor-1 on/off status 5VFC from unit control panel
11 PACU compressor-2 on/off status 5VFC from unit control panel
12PACU compressor-1 trip/alarm status
5VFC from unit control panel
13PACU compressor-2 trip/alarm status
5VFC from unit control panel
14 Fire alarm status 5VFC from Fire alarm control panel
TOTAL POINTS 5 50 0 15
5
1 Room temperature with setpoint 5
2 Damper control 5
3 Damper position 5
TOTAL POINTS 10 0 5 0
5
1 Fan enable/disable command 5 Relay output from BMS
2 Fan HOA selector switch status 5VFC from unit control panel
3 Fan run on/off status 5VFC from unit control panel
4 Fan trip/alarm status 5VFC from unit control panel
TOTAL POINTS 0 15 0 5
1
VAV controller with thermostat
Exhaust fan
VAV By-pass Boxes
Outdoor Temperature and Humidity
Page 9 of 15
12
13.12.2015
SI. No. FUNCTION DESCRIPTION QTY AI DI AO DO REMARKS
PROJECT:-CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA &
VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
IO POINT SUMMARY (Typical for 1 school)
1 Outdoor Temp/Humidity 2Outdoor Temp/Humidity sensor
TOTAL POINTS 0 2 0 0
4
1 Air curtain on/off status 4VFC from unit control panel
TOTAL POINTS 0 4 0 0
TOTAL POINTS FOR DDCP-4 15 71 5 20
TOTAL POINTS FOR DDCP-4
WITH 10% SPARE17 79 6 22 124
6
1PACU supply fan start/stop command
6 Relay output from BMS
2 PACU HOA selector switch status 6VFC from unit control panel
3 PACU on/off run Status 6VFC from unit control panel
4 PACU trip alarm status 6VFC from unit control panel
5 PACU air Filter dirty/clean status 6Air differential pressure switch
6PACU Supply fan air flow proof status
6Air differential pressure switch
7 PACU return air temperature 6 Duct temperature sensor
8PACU air temperature set-point (adjustable)
via BMS graphics screen on BMS Workstation
9 PACU Compressor command 12 Relay output from BMS
10 PACU compressor-1 on/off status 6VFC from unit control panel
Package Unit (Typical)
DDCP-6 (Roof)
Air curtains
Page 10 of 15
12
13.12.2015
SI. No. FUNCTION DESCRIPTION QTY AI DI AO DO REMARKS
PROJECT:-CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA &
VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
IO POINT SUMMARY (Typical for 1 school)
11 PACU compressor-2 on/off status 6VFC from unit control panel
12PACU compressor-1 trip/alarm status
6VFC from unit control panel
13PACU compressor-2 trip/alarm status
6VFC from unit control panel
14 Fire alarm status 6VFC from Fire alarm control panel
TOTAL POINTS 6 60 0 18
5
1 Room temperature with setpoint 5
2 Damper control 5
3 Damper position 5
TOTAL POINTS 10 0 5 0
5
1 Fan enable/disable command 5 Relay output from BMS
2 Fan HOA selector switch status 5VFC from unit control panel
3 Fan run on/off status 5VFC from unit control panel
4 Fan trip/alarm status 5VFC from unit control panel
TOTAL POINTS 0 15 0 5
4
1 Air curtain on/off status 4VFC from unit control panel
TOTAL POINTS 0 4 0 0
VAV controller with thermostat
VAV By-pass Boxes
Exhaust fan
Air curtains
Page 11 of 15
12
13.12.2015
SI. No. FUNCTION DESCRIPTION QTY AI DI AO DO REMARKS
PROJECT:-CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA &
VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
IO POINT SUMMARY (Typical for 1 school)
TOTAL POINTS FOR DDCP-5 16 79 5 23
TOTAL POINTS FOR DDCP-5
WITH 10% SPARE18 87 6 26 137
6
1 Split A/C unit on/off status 6VFC from unit control panel
2Split A/C unit enable/disable command
6 Relay output from BMS
3 Room space air temperature 6 Room temperature sensor
TOTAL POINTS 6 6 0 6
2
1 Pump HOA selector switch status 2VFC from unit control panel
2 Pump run on/off status 2VFC from unit control panel
3 Pump trip/alarm status 2VFC from unit control panel
TOTAL POINTS 0 6 0 0
3
1 Tank high/low level alarm 6 Liquid level switch
TOTAL POINTS 0 6 0 0
2
1 Pump start/stop command 2 Relay output from BMS
2 Pump HOA selector switch status 2VFC from unit control panel
Domestic Water Tank
DDCP-5 (BMS Room G-23B)
Split A/C units
Domestic Water Pump
Irrigation Water Pump
Page 12 of 15
12
13.12.2015
SI. No. FUNCTION DESCRIPTION QTY AI DI AO DO REMARKS
PROJECT:-CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA &
VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
IO POINT SUMMARY (Typical for 1 school)
3 Pump run on/off status 2VFC from unit control panel
4 Pump trip/alarm status 2VFC from unit control panel
TOTAL POINTS 0 6 0 2
1
1 Pumps run on/off status 3VFC from unit control panel
2 Pumps trip/alarm status 3VFC from unit control panel
3 System Pressure 1 Liquid pressure sensor
TOTAL POINTS 1 6 0 0
1
1 Tank high/low level alarm 2 Liquid level switch
TOTAL POINTS 0 2 0 0
2
1 Pump start/stop command 2 Relay output from BMS
2 Pump HOA selector switch status 2VFC from unit control panel
3 Pump run on/off status 2VFC from unit control panel
4 Pump trip/alarm status 2VFC from unit control panel
TOTAL POINTS 0 6 0 2
3
1 Water tank High/Low level 6 Level switch
Fire Water Tank
Fire pump set (Electric, Diesel, Jockey)
Lift Pump
Water Tank-Ground Floors
Page 13 of 15
12
13.12.2015
SI. No. FUNCTION DESCRIPTION QTY AI DI AO DO REMARKS
PROJECT:-CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA &
VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
IO POINT SUMMARY (Typical for 1 school)
TOTAL POINTS 0 6 0 0
4
1 Air curtain on/off status 4VFC from unit control panel
TOTAL POINTS 0 4 0 0
TOTAL POINTS FOR DDCP-6 7 48 0 10
TOTAL POINTS FOR DDCP-6
WITH 10% SPARE8 53 0 11 72
1
1 Lift panel healthy status 1VFC from unit control panel
2 Lift panel faulty 1VFC from unit control panel
TOTAL POINTS 0 2 0 0
1
1 System panel healthy status 1VFC from unit control panel
2 System panel faulty 1VFC from unit control panel
TOTAL POINTS 0 2 0 0
1
1 System panel faulty 1VFC from unit control panel
2 System Healthy status 1VFC from unit control panel
TOTAL POINTS 0 2 0 0
DDCP-7
Elevator
Fire alarm system
Air curtains
Public address system
Page 14 of 15
12
13.12.2015
SI. No. FUNCTION DESCRIPTION QTY AI DI AO DO REMARKS
PROJECT:-CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA &
VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
IO POINT SUMMARY (Typical for 1 school)
1
1 System panel healthy status 1VFC from unit control panel
2 System panel faulty 1VFC from unit control panel
TOTAL POINTS 0 2 0 0
1
1 Breaker status 1VFC from unit control panel
2 general alarm 1VFC from unit control panel
TOTAL POINTS 0 2 0 0
1
1 System panel healthy status 1VFC from unit control panel
2 System panel faulty 1VFC from unit control panel
TOTAL POINTS 0 2 0 0
TOTAL POINTS FOR DDCP-7 0 12 0 0
TOTAL POINTS FOR DDCP-7
WITH 10% SPARE0 14 0 0 14
Dimming Panel
MV panel
Auto Gas Changer system
Page 15 of 15
LIST OF DELIVERABLES
S.NO UNITQty. Per
school
Total Qty. For
2 School
1 No 1 2
2 Lot Lot Lot
3 VAV Controller Nos 28 56
4 Nos 28 56
5 Nos 28 56
6 Nos 1 2
1 Nos 26 52
2 Nos 6 12
3 No 1 2
4 Nos 52 104
5 No 1 2
6 Nos 7 14
7 Nos 5 10
8 Nos 5 10
1 No 1 2
2 No 1 2
3 No 1 2
4 Set 7 14
PROJECT:-CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA &
VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
LIST OF DELIVERABLE ITEMS
Controllers & Softwares
DESCRIPTION
Field Devices
BMS Controllers and Expansion Modules
VAV Transformer
VAV Thermostat
BMS Software
Touchscreen
Report Printer
DDC Enclosure
Alarm Printer
Air Differential Pressure Switch
Liquid Pressure Sensor
Liquid Level Switch
Duct temperature sensor
Miscellaneous
Operator Workstation
Room temperature sensor
Outside temperature/humidity sensor
CO2 Sensor
Modulating Damper Actuator - 10NM
Page 1
CONTROL SCHEMATICS
AI
SUPPLY FAN
AO
DI
DO
AI
AO
DI
DO
PACKAGE UNIT (TYPICAL)
CONDITIONED
RETURN AIR
SUPPLY AIR
PRE FILTER
FRESH AIR
PA
CU
A
IR
F
IL
TE
R D
IR
TY
/C
LE
AN
S
TA
TU
S
PA
CU
S
UP
PL
Y F
AN
S
TA
RT
/S
TO
P C
OM
MA
ND
PA
CU
O
N/O
FF
R
UN
S
TA
TU
S
PA
CU
H
/O
/A
S
EL
EC
TO
R S
WIT
CH
S
TA
TU
S
PA
CU
S
UP
PL
Y F
AN
A
IR
F
LO
W P
RO
OF
S
TA
TU
S
PA
CU
R
ET
UR
N A
IR
T
EM
PE
RA
TU
RE
SPACE AREA
FIR
E A
LA
RM
S
TA
TU
S
PA
CU
T
RIP
A
LA
RM
S
TA
TU
S
CO
2 S
EN
SO
R
COOLING COIL
COMPRESSOR
PANEL
STAGE-1 STAGE-2
PA
CU
C
OM
PR
ES
SO
R C
OM
MA
ND
PA
CU
C
OM
PR
ES
SO
R-1
O
N/O
FF
S
TA
TU
S
PA
CU
C
OM
PR
ES
SO
R-2
O
N/O
FF
S
TA
TU
S
PA
CU
C
OM
PR
ES
SO
R-1
T
RIP
/A
LA
RM
S
TA
TU
S
PA
CU
C
OM
PR
ES
SO
R-2
T
RIP
/A
LA
RM
S
TA
TU
S
M/S. INTEGRA INTERNATIONAL TRADING
E-mail : [email protected]
& CONTRACTING W.L.L
SHEET
OF SUBMITTAL NO :
IITC/E/SP/GL/12/15
31-12-2015MAMCNNNM
CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA & VILLAGES STAGE(10-A)PACKAGE#4
IMPERIAL TRADING & CONTRACTING CO. W.L.L
-0101
LEGEND
SD
DAMPER ACTUATOR
DUCT TEMPERATURE/HUMIDITY SENSOR SENSOR
DUCT TEMPERATURE
VALVE & ACTUATOR
QS AIR QUALITY SENSOR
SMOKE DETECTOR
DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SWITCH (AIR)
DAMPER
FR
ES
H A
IR
D
AM
PE
R M
OD
ULA
TIN
G P
OS
IT
IO
N
FR
ES
H A
IR
D
AM
PE
R M
OD
ULA
TIN
G C
ON
TR
OL
40VATRF
CF
230V AC 24V AC
24V AC
0V
VAV BYPASS BOXES
M/S. INTEGRA INTERNATIONAL TRADING
E-mail : [email protected]
& CONTRACTING W.L.L
SHEET
OF SUBMITTAL NO :
IITC/E/SP/GL/12/15
31-12-2015MAMCNNNM
CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA & VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
IMPERIAL TRADING & CONTRACTING CO. W.L.L
-0101
SUPPLY AIR
SPLIT A/C UNITS
AI
AO
DI
DO
AI
AO
DI
DO
SPLIT A/C CONTROL
SP
LIT
A
/C
U
NIT
O
N/O
FF
S
TA
TU
S
SP
LIT
A
/C
U
NIT
E
NA
BLE
/D
IS
AB
LE
C
OM
MA
ND
RO
OM
S
PA
CE
A
IR
T
EM
PE
RA
TU
RE
M/S. INTEGRA INTERNATIONAL TRADING
E-mail : [email protected]
& CONTRACTING W.L.L
SHEET
OF SUBMITTAL NO :
IITC/E/SP/GL/12/15
31-12-2015MAMCNNNM
CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA & VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
IMPERIAL TRADING & CONTRACTING CO. W.L.L
-0101
AI
AO
DI
DO
AI
AO
DI
DO
FA
N R
UN
O
N/O
FF
S
TA
TU
S
FA
N T
RIP
/A
LA
RM
S
TA
TU
S
FA
N E
NA
BL
E/D
IS
AB
LE
C
OM
MA
ND
EXHAUST FAN
FA
N H
OA
S
EL
EC
TO
R S
WIT
CH
S
TA
TU
S
M/S. INTEGRA INTERNATIONAL TRADING
E-mail : [email protected]
& CONTRACTING W.L.L
SHEET
OF SUBMITTAL NO :
IITC/E/SP/GL/12/15
31-12-2015MAMCNNNM
CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA & VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
IMPERIAL TRADING & CONTRACTING CO. W.L.L
-0101
AI
AO
DI
DO
AI
AO
DI
DO
FA
N R
UN
O
N/O
FF
S
TA
TU
S
FA
N T
RIP
/A
LA
RM
S
TA
TU
S
FA
N E
NA
BL
E/D
IS
AB
LE
C
OM
MA
ND
SUPPLY FAN
FA
N H
OA
S
EL
EC
TO
R S
WIT
CH
S
TA
TU
S
M/S. INTEGRA INTERNATIONAL TRADING
E-mail : [email protected]
& CONTRACTING W.L.L
SHEET
OF SUBMITTAL NO :
IITC/E/SP/GL/12/15
31-12-2015MAMCNNNM
CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA & VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
IMPERIAL TRADING & CONTRACTING CO. W.L.L
-0101
AI
AO
DI
DO
AI
AO
DI
DO
BOOSTER PUMP
PU
MP
R
UN
O
N/O
FF
S
TA
TU
S
PU
MP
H
OA
S
EL
EC
TO
R S
WIT
CH
S
TA
TU
S
PU
MP
T
RIP
/A
LA
RM
S
TA
TU
S
DUTY STANDBY
BOOSTER PUMP CONTROL PANEL
M/S. INTEGRA INTERNATIONAL TRADING
E-mail : [email protected]
& CONTRACTING W.L.L
SHEET
OF SUBMITTAL NO :
IITC/E/SP/GL/12/15
31-12-2015MAMCNNNM
CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLSAT DOHA & VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
IMPERIAL TRADING & CONTRACTING CO. W.L.L
-0101
AI
AO
DI
DO
AI
AO
DI
DO
DOMESTIC WATER PUMP
PU
MP
R
UN
O
N/O
FF
S
TA
TU
S
PU
MP
H
OA
S
EL
EC
TO
R S
WIT
CH
S
TA
TU
S
PU
MP
T
RIP
/A
LA
RM
S
TA
TU
S
DUTY STANDBY
DOMESTIC WATER PUMP CONTROL PANEL
HIG
H/L
OW
L
EV
EL
A
LA
RM
M/S. INTEGRA INTERNATIONAL TRADING
E-mail : [email protected]
& CONTRACTING W.L.L
SHEET
OF SUBMITTAL NO :
IITC/E/SP/GL/12/15
31-12-2015MAMCNNNM
CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA & VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
IMPERIAL TRADING & CONTRACTING CO. W.L.L
-0101
AI
AO
DI
DO
AI
AO
DI
DO
IRRIGATION WATER PUMP
PU
MP
R
UN
O
N/O
FF
S
TA
TU
S
PU
MP
H
OA
S
EL
EC
TO
R S
WIT
CH
S
TA
TU
S
PU
MP
T
RIP
/A
LA
RM
S
TA
TU
S
DUTY STANDBY
IRRIGATION WATER PUMP CONTROL PANEL
M/S. INTEGRA INTERNATIONAL TRADING
E-mail : [email protected]
& CONTRACTING W.L.L
SHEET
OF SUBMITTAL NO :
IITC/E/SP/GL/12/15
31-12-2015MAMCNNNM
CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLSAT DOHA & VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
IMPERIAL TRADING & CONTRACTING CO. W.L.L
-0101
AI
AO
DI
DO
AI
AO
DI
DO
FIRE PUMP SET (Electrical+Diesel+Jockey)
ELECTRICAL PUMP
JOCKEY PUMP
PU
MP
S T
RIP
/A
LA
RM
S
TA
TU
S
PU
MP
R
UN
O
N/O
FF
S
TA
TU
S
DIESEL PUMP
SY
ST
EM
P
RE
SS
UR
E
IRRIGATION WATER PUMP CONTROL PANEL
HIG
H/L
OW
L
EV
EL
A
LA
RM
M/S. INTEGRA INTERNATIONAL TRADING
E-mail : [email protected]
& CONTRACTING W.L.L
SHEET
OF SUBMITTAL NO :
IITC/E/SP/GL/12/15
31-12-2015MAMCNNNM
CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA & VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
IMPERIAL TRADING & CONTRACTING CO. W.L.L
-0101
AI
AO
DI
DO
AI
AO
DI
DO
LIFT PUMP
DUTY STANDBY
LIFT PUMP CONTROL PANEL
PU
MP
H
-O
-A
S
EL
EC
TO
R S
WIT
CH
S
TA
TU
S
PU
MP
S
TA
T/S
TO
P C
OM
MA
ND
PU
MP
R
UN
O
N/O
FF
S
TA
TU
S
PU
MP
T
RIP
/A
LA
RM
S
TA
TU
S
M/S. INTEGRA INTERNATIONAL TRADING
E-mail : [email protected]
& CONTRACTING W.L.L
SHEET
OF SUBMITTAL NO :
IITC/E/SP/GL/12/15
31-12-2015MAMCNNNM
CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA & VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
IMPERIAL TRADING & CONTRACTING CO. W.L.L
-0101
AI
AO
DI
DO
WATER TANK GROUND FLOOR
AI
AO
DI
DO
LEGEND
WA
TE
R T
AN
K H
IG
H/L
OW
L
EV
EL
M/S. INTEGRA INTERNATIONAL TRADING
E-mail : [email protected]
& CONTRACTING W.L.L
SHEET
OF SUBMITTAL NO :
IITC/E/SP/GL/12/15
31-12-2015MAMCNNNM
CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA & VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
IMPERIAL TRADING & CONTRACTING CO. W.L.L
-0101
AI
AO
DI
DO
AI
AO
DI
DO
AIR CURTAINS
AIR
C
UR
TA
IN
S O
N/O
FF
S
TA
TU
S
AIR CURTAINS
FIRE ALARM PANEL
FIRE ALARM PANEL
LPG SYSTEM
SY
ST
EM
P
AN
EL H
EA
LT
HY
S
TA
TU
S
LPG SYSTEM
SY
ST
EM
P
AN
EL F
AU
LT
Y
SY
ST
EM
P
AN
EL H
EA
LT
HY
S
TA
TU
S
SY
ST
EM
P
AN
EL F
AU
LT
Y
M/S. INTEGRA INTERNATIONAL TRADING
E-mail : [email protected]
& CONTRACTING W.L.L
SHEET
OF SUBMITTAL NO :
IITC/E/SP/GL/12/15
31-12-2015MAMCNNNM
CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA & VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
IMPERIAL TRADING & CONTRACTING CO. W.L.L
-0101
AI
AO
DI
DO
AI
AO
DI
DO
PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEM
PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEM
AUTO GAS CHANGER SYSTEM
AUTO GAS CHANGERSYSTEM
ELEVATOR
LIF
T P
AN
EL H
EA
LT
HY
S
TA
TU
S
ELEVATOR
LIF
T P
AN
EL F
AU
LT
Y
SY
ST
EM
P
AN
EL H
EA
LT
HY
S
TA
TU
S
SY
ST
EM
P
AN
EL F
AU
LT
Y
SY
ST
EM
P
AN
EL H
EA
LT
HY
S
TA
TU
S
SY
ST
EM
P
AN
EL F
AU
LT
Y
M/S. INTEGRA INTERNATIONAL TRADING
E-mail : [email protected]
& CONTRACTING W.L.L
SHEET
OF SUBMITTAL NO :
IITC/E/SP/GL/12/15
31-12-2015MAMCNNNM
CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA & VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
IMPERIAL TRADING & CONTRACTING CO. W.L.L
-0101
AI
AO
DI
DO
AI
AO
DI
DO
MV PANEL
MV PANEL
DIMMING PANEL
DIMMING PANEL
BR
EA
KE
R S
TA
TU
S
GE
NE
RA
L A
LA
RM
SY
ST
EM
P
AN
EL H
EA
LT
HY
S
TA
TU
S
SY
ST
EM
P
AN
EL F
AU
LT
Y
M/S. INTEGRA INTERNATIONAL TRADING
E-mail : [email protected]
& CONTRACTING W.L.L
SHEET
OF SUBMITTAL NO :
IITC/E/SP/GL/12/15
31-12-2015MAMCNNNM
CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA & VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
IMPERIAL TRADING & CONTRACTING CO. W.L.L
-0101
RISER DIAGRAM
M/S. INTEGRA INTERNATIONAL TRADING
E-mail : [email protected]
& CONTRACTING W.L.L
SHEET
OF WORK ORDER NO :
RISER DIAGRAM
IITC/E/SP/GL/12/15
31-12-2015MAMCNNNM
CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA & VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
IMPERIAL TRADING & CONTRACTING CO. W.L.L
01
COVER SHEET
01
GROUND FLOOR
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM RISER DIAGRAM LEGENDS
2CORE 16AWG UNSHIELDED
ROOF
VAV-1 VAV-2 VAV-3 VAV-4 VAV-5
VAV-10 VAV-9 VAV-8 VAV-7 VAV-6
VAV-11 VAV-12 VAV-13 VAV-14 VAV-15
VAV-20 VAV-19 VAV-18 VAV-17 VAV-16
VAV-21 VAV-22 VAV-23 VAV-24 VAV-25
VAV-28 VAV-27 VAV-26
CABLE
BMS
NODE
PACKAGE UNIT - 05NosEXHAUST FAN - 04NosSUPPLY FAN - 01NoAIR CURTAINS - 03NosBOOSTER PUMP - 02Nos
DDCP-01
PACKAGE UNIT - 05NosEXHAUST FAN - 04NosAIR CURTAINS - 04NosLPG SYSTEM - 01No
DDCP-02
PACKAGE UNIT - 05NosEXHAUST FAN - 05NosBOOSTER PUMP - 03NosAIR CURTAINS - 04Nos
DDCP-03
PACKAGE UNIT - 05NosEXHAUST FAN - 05NosOUTDOOR TEMPERATURE/HUMIDITY - 01NoAIR CURTAINS - 04Nos
DDCP-04
PACKAGE UNIT - 06NosEXHAUST FAN - 05NosAIR CURTAINS - 04Nos
DDCP-05
SPLIT A/C UNIT - 06NosDOMESTIC WATER PUMP - 02NosDOMESTIC WATER TANK - 03NosIRRIGATION WATER - 02NosFIRE PUMP SET - 01SetFIRE WATER TANK - 01NoLIFT PUMP - 02NosWATER TANK GROUND FLOOR - 03NosAIR CURTAINS - 04Nos
DDCP-06
ELEVATOR - 01NoFIRE ALARM SYSTEM - 01NoPUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEM - 01NoAUTO GAS CHANGER SYSTEM - 01NoMV PANEL - 01No
DDCP-07
D
D
D
POWER METER INTEGRATOR (MODBUS)
D
FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SOFTWAREINTEGRATION
SAMPLE PANEL DRAWINGS
01
M/S. INTEGRA INTERNATIONAL TRADING
E-mail : [email protected]
& CONTRACTING W.L.L
SHEET
OF
CONTRACTOR:
PROJECT:
PANEL REF:
WORK ORDER NO :
SAMPLE PANEL DRAWINGS
CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS
AT DOHA & VILLAGES STAGE(10-A)
PACKAGE#4
IMPERIAL TRADING & CONTRACTING CO. W.L.L
SAMPLE PANEL DRAWINGS
CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA & VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
IMPERIAL TRADING & CONTRACTINGCO. W.L.L
13
COVER SHEET
01
02
M/S. INTEGRA INTERNATIONAL TRADING
E-mail : [email protected]
& CONTRACTING W.L.L
SHEET
OF WORK ORDER NO :
SAMPLE PANEL DRAWINGS
CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA & VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
IMPERIAL TRADING & CONTRACTINGCO. W.L.L
13
INDEX SHEET
TECHNICAL DATA SHEET
ALL SHIELDED AND UNSHIELDED NOTE:
CABLES SHOULD BE MINIMUM 20AWGTO 18AWG.
03
M/S. INTEGRA INTERNATIONAL TRADING
E-mail : [email protected]
& CONTRACTING W.L.L
SHEET
OF WORK ORDER NO :
SAMPLE PANEL DRAWINGS
CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA & VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
IMPERIAL TRADING & CONTRACTINGCO. W.L.L
13
TECHNICAL DATA SHEET
+ -
-
+++ + +
TR-1
QM6A
P
N
TB X1
P
N
E
24 V DC Power Supply
24 V AC Transformer
Utility Socket
6 A Circuit Breaker
240 V AC Phase
Neutral
Earth
Earth
Fuse
Fused Terminal Block
18 AWG Twisted pair shielded cable
Terminal Block X1
or
or
24 V AC
0 V AC
Terminal Block
04
M/S. INTEGRA INTERNATIONAL TRADING
E-mail : [email protected]
& CONTRACTING W.L.L
SHEET
OF WORK ORDER NO :
SAMPLE PANEL DRAWINGS
CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA & VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
IMPERIAL TRADING & CONTRACTINGCO. W.L.L
13
LEGENDS
05
PANEL FACIA SIDE VIEW
INTEGRA INTERNATIONAL TRADING CO. W.L.L
800
800
250
M/S. INTEGRA INTERNATIONAL TRADING
E-mail : [email protected]
& CONTRACTING W.L.L
SHEET
OF WORK ORDER NO :
SAMPLE PANEL DRAWINGS
CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA & VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
IMPERIAL TRADING & CONTRACTINGCO. W.L.L
13
FRONT VIEW & SIDE VIEW
06
INTERNAL LAYOUT
TR1CQ
ABB ABB
CF1
Honeywell
1 2 345 6 7 8 9 0
1
1
1
2
1
3
1
4
1
5
1
6
1
7
1
8
1
9
1
0
2
5
2
6
2
7
2
8
2
9
2
0
3
1
3
2
3
3
3
4
3
5
3
6
3
7
3
8
3
9
3
4
2
3
2
2
2
1
2
0
4
Honeywell
1 23 45 6 7 8 9 0
1
1
1
2
1
3
1
4
1
5
1
6
1
7
1
8
1
9
1
0
2
5
2
6
2
7
2
8
2
9
2
0
3
1
3
2
3
3
3
4
3
5
3
6
3
7
3
8
3
9
3
4
2
3
2
2
2
1
2
0
4
Honeywell
1 2 345 6 7 8 9 0
1
1
1
2
1
3
1
4
1
5
1
6
1
7
1
8
1
9
1
0
2
5
2
6
2
7
2
8
2
9
2
0
3
1
3
2
3
3
3
4
3
5
3
6
3
7
3
8
3
9
3
4
2
3
2
2
2
1
2
0
4
M/S. INTEGRA INTERNATIONAL TRADING
E-mail : [email protected]
& CONTRACTING W.L.L
SHEET
OF WORK ORDER NO :
SAMPLE PANEL DRAWINGS
CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA & VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
IMPERIAL TRADING & CONTRACTINGCO. W.L.L
13
800
800
07
COM24VAC
SUPPLYPOWER
24VAC
0V
E21
240VAC
SP,50HZ
P
N
E
CF1
TR1
QM6A
TB
1 2 5 6
BACnet
240/24VAC100VA
X1
SHILD4
GND3
24VAC
0V
TO-PAGE-NO-9
US
SUBS-1 SUBS-2
BACNET MS/TP-
BACNET MS/TP+
TO PAGE NO 9
BACNET MS/TP-
BACNET MS/TP+FROMPREVIOUSDDCP
DO 1
9
DO 3
12
COM DO 5
14 15
DO 6
16
DO 8
19
COM DO 7
17 18
DO 4
13
DO 2
10
COM
11 20 21 22
COM COMAO 1
23 24 25
A0 2 COMAO 3
P N E
P1 P1
N
0
N
7 8
NET-1 NET-2
M/S. INTEGRA INTERNATIONAL TRADING
E-mail : [email protected]
& CONTRACTING W.L.L
SHEET
OF WORK ORDER NO :
SAMPLE PANEL DRAWINGS
CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA & VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
IMPERIAL TRADING & CONTRACTINGCO. W.L.L
13
08
2 E 43
DI 1
26
DI 3
29
20 VDC UI 1
31 32
COM
33
COM
36
UI 2 UI 3
34 35
DI 4
30
COM
27 28 37 38 39
UI 4 COMUI 5
40
UI 6DI 2
1 6 E 875 10 E 12119 14 E 161513 18 E 201917
SPARE
X2
SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE
M/S. INTEGRA INTERNATIONAL TRADING
E-mail : [email protected]
& CONTRACTING W.L.L
SHEET
OF WORK ORDER NO :
SAMPLE PANEL DRAWINGS
CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA & VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
IMPERIAL TRADING & CONTRACTINGCO. W.L.L
13
09
COM24VAC
SUPPLYPOWER
1 2 7 8
BACnet
SHILD4
GND3
24VAC
0V
TO-PAGE-NO-11
NET-1 NET-2
BACNET MS/TP-
BACNET MS/TP+
TO PAGE NO 11
BACNET MS/TP-
BACNET MS/TP+FROMPAGENO 7
24VAC
0V
FROM-PAGE-NO-7
DO 1
9
DO 3
12
COM DO 5
14 15
DO 6
16
DO 8
19
COM DO 7
17 18
DO 4
13
DO 2
10
COM
11 20 21 22
COM COMAO 1
23 24 25
A0 2 COMAO 3
M/S. INTEGRA INTERNATIONAL TRADING
E-mail : [email protected]
& CONTRACTING W.L.L
SHEET
OF WORK ORDER NO :
SAMPLE PANEL DRAWINGS
CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA & VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
IMPERIAL TRADING & CONTRACTINGCO. W.L.L
13
10
22 E 2423
DI 1
26
DI 3
29
20 VDC UI 1
31 32
COM
33
COM
36
UI 2 UI 3
34 35
DI 4
30
COM
27 28 37 38 39
UI 4 COMUI 5
40
UI 6DI 2
21 26 E 282725 30 E 323129 34 E 363533 38 E 403937
SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE
M/S. INTEGRA INTERNATIONAL TRADING
E-mail : [email protected]
& CONTRACTING W.L.L
SHEET
OF WORK ORDER NO :
SAMPLE PANEL DRAWINGS
CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA & VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
IMPERIAL TRADING & CONTRACTINGCO. W.L.L
13
11
COM24VAC
SUPPLYPOWER
1 2 7 8
BACnet
SHILD4
GND3
NET-1 NET-2
BACNET MS/TP-
BACNET MS/TP+
TO PAGE NO 07
BACNET MS/TP-
BACNET MS/TP+FROMPAGENO 9
24VAC
0V
FROM-PAGE-NO-9
DO 1
9
DO 3
12
COM DO 5
14 15
DO 6
16
DO 8
19
COM DO 7
17 18
DO 4
13
DO 2
10
COM
11 20 21 22
COM COMAO 1
23 24 25
A0 2 COMAO 3
4443
SPARE
4241
SPARE
M/S. INTEGRA INTERNATIONAL TRADING
E-mail : [email protected]
& CONTRACTING W.L.L
SHEET
OF WORK ORDER NO :
SAMPLE PANEL DRAWINGS
CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA & VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
IMPERIAL TRADING & CONTRACTINGCO. W.L.L
13
12
46 E 4847
DI 1
26
DI 3
29
20 VDC UI 1
31 32
COM
33
COM
36
UI 2 UI 3
34 35
DI 4
30
COM
27 28 37 38 39
UI 4 COMUI 5
40
UI 6DI 2
45 50 E 525149 54 E 565553 58 E 605957 62 E 646361
SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARESPARESPARESPARE
M/S. INTEGRA INTERNATIONAL TRADING
E-mail : [email protected]
& CONTRACTING W.L.L
SHEET
OF WORK ORDER NO :
SAMPLE PANEL DRAWINGS
CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA & VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
IMPERIAL TRADING & CONTRACTINGCO. W.L.L
13
1 ENCLOSURE 1SHEET STEEL IP-54 (800Hx800Wx250D)
2 QM ABB 16A SP MCB 6kA SH201 - C 6
3 CF1 SANDLER 132A FUSE CARRIER WITH 6A FUSE RT18A-32
4
5 PUB6438S-1....... 03 HONEYWELL 3CONTROLLER
6 US - 1UNIVERSAL UTILITY SOCKET 230V AC -
7
TR1 - 1CURRENT TRANSFORMER 240/24V AC 100VA -
PUB6438S
TERMINALS - -- 64
13
M/S. INTEGRA INTERNATIONAL TRADING
E-mail : [email protected]
& CONTRACTING W.L.L
SHEET
OF WORK ORDER NO :
SAMPLE PANEL DRAWINGS
CONSTRUCTION OF (2) NEW SCHOOLS AT DOHA & VILLAGES STAGE(10-A) PACKAGE#4
IMPERIAL TRADING & CONTRACTINGCO. W.L.L
13
PRODUCT DATA SHEETS/ COUNTRY
OF ORIGIN CERTIFICATES
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM ASGHAL SCHOOLS (2NO’S)
CATALOGUE INDEX
Sl.No.
Model No Description Separator
1 CLAXARENA BMS SOFTWARE 1
2
PUB6438S UNITARY CONTROLLER 2
3 PVB0000AS VAV CONTROLLER 3
4 TR42 WALL MODULE THERMOSTAT FOR VAV 4
5 LF20 DUCT TEMPERATURE SENSOR 5
6 CLMMI00N31 TOUCHSCREEN 6
7 H7635C2015 OUTSIDE TEMPERATURE/HUMIDITY SENSOR 7
8 T7412A1000 ROOM TEMPERATURE SENSOR 8
9 DPS400 AIR DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SWITCH 9
10 P7620A1012 LIQUID PRESSURE SENSOR 10
11
AX-LS-FL-2LH
LIQUID LEVEL SWITCH 11
12 AQS-71-KAM CO2 SENSOR 12
13 N10010-SW2 MODULATING DAMPER ACTUATOR – 10NM 13
14 - OPERATOR WORKSTATION AND PRINTERS 14
15 - DDC ENCLOSURE 15
BMS SOFTWARE
CLAXARENA, CLAXARENASBS01
CLAXARENASBS05, CLAXARENASBS10 ARENAAX - BACnet Supervisor Product Data
Copyright © 2012 Honeywell GmbH All Rights Reserved
OVERVIEW ARENA
AX is a BACnet certified web-based supervisor utilizing
the NiagaraAX
Framework® for small to big size systems.
It is used to supervise HVAC systems and non-HVAC systems (e.g. lighting, security, life safety) in a building or across multiple buildings. The primary use is in applications where multiple HAWK and/or EAGLE controllers are networked together and systems based on TCP/IP communication standards like BACnet / IP, oBIX, OPC (client), Modbus TCP, EIB-KNX/IP, and SNMP can be directly integrated by ARENA
AX.
ARENA
AX serves real time graphical information to standard
web-browser clients and also provides server-level functions such as: centralized data logging, archiving, alarming, real time graphical displays, master scheduling, system-wide database management, and integration with enterprise software applications. In addition, it provides a comprehensive, graphical engineering toolset for application development. ARENA
AX helps to maximize operating and services
opportunities and to minimize associated costs.
ENGINEERING The graphical engineering tool (COACHAX) is embedded in the ARENA
AX system.
FEATURES WEB ACCESS: Access to alarms, logs, graphics,
schedules, and configuration data with a standard web browser and mobile devices
GRAPHICS: Java-enabled user interface (UI) as well as
non-Java UI for browsers
ALARMING: Sophisticated alarm processing and routing,
including e-mail/sms alarm acknowledging
INTEGRATION: Optional direct ethernet-based driver
support for BACnet I/P, OPC (client), Modbus TCP, EIB/IP and SNMP; additional points for each driver may be purchased in blocks of 500 for each protocol
USERS: Supports an unlimited number of users over the
Internet / Intranet with a standard web browser, depending on the host PC resources
ARCHIVING: Optional enterprise-level data archival using
SQL, MySQL, CSV, Oracle or DB2 database, and HTTP/HTML/XML text formats.
AUDIT: “Audit Trail” of database changes, database
storage and backup, global time functions, calendar, central
SECURITY: Password protection and security using
standard Java (on Windows platforms only) authentication and encryption techniques with optional security supported via an external LDAP connection
CONTROLLER: Supports multiple HAWK stations and
EAGLE controllers connected to a local Ethernet network, or the Internet
HELP: HTML-based help system that includes
comprehensive on-line system documentation
VERSIONS: Different “Small Building System” version are
available for up to five and up to ten HAWKs and /or EAGLE controller
BACNET: BACnet OWS and AWS certified version
available
PLATFORM REQUIREMENTS Processor: Intel Pentium™ IV, 2 GHz or higher, Core 2
Duo also acceptable Operating System:
Windows XP Professional (SP3) (32-bit) Windows Server 2012 Standard/Enterprise (SP2) (64-bit) (R2 as well) Windows 7 Professional/Enterprise/Ultimate (32-bit and 64 bit) Windows 8 Professional/Enterprise/Ultimate (32-bit and 64 bit) Windows 8.1 Professional/Enterprise/Ultimate (64-bit) VMware - ESXi 5.1.0 Microsoft Virtual Server 2008
Memory: 1 GB minimum, 2 GB recommended for large systems, 8GB or more recommended for Win 64 bit version
Hard Drive: 1 GB minimum, 5 GB for applications that need more archiving capacity
Display: Video card and monitor capable of displaying 1024 x 768 pixel resolution or greater
Network Support:
Ethernet adapter (10/100 Mb with RJ-45 connector)
Connectivity: Full time high speed ISP connection recommended for remote site access (i.e. T1, ADSL, cable modem)
ARENAAX
– PRODUCT DATA
Manufactured for and on behalf of the Environmental and Combustion Controls Division of Honeywell Technologies Sàrl, Rolle, Z.A. La Pièce 16, Switzerland by its Authorized Representative:
CentraLine Honeywell GmbH Böblinger Straße 17 D-71101 Schönaich Tel +49 7031 637 845 Fax +49 7031 637 846 [email protected] www.centraline.com
CentraLine Honeywell Control Systems Ltd. Arlington Business Park UK-Bracknell, Berkshire RG12 1EB Tel +44 13 44 656 565 Fax +44 13 44 656 563 [email protected] www.centraline.com
Printed in Germany. Subject to change without notice. EN0Z-0945GE51 R0314
WHAT TO ORDER ARENA
AX order numbers:
CLAXARENA ARENAAX
CLAXARENAAPC Alarm Portal
CLAXARENASBS01 Single Station version with a limit of 1 HAWK (supports only 500 points for add on drivers, not BACnet certified)
CLAXARENASBS05 BACnet OWS certified Small Building System version with a limit of 5 HAWKs and 5 EAGLE
CLAXARENASBS10 Small Building System version with a limit of 10 HAWKs and 10 EAGLE (not BACnet certified, BACnet certification can be achieved by adding CLAXDRBACOWS)
Optional ARENAAX
database drivers for external database applications:
CLAXDBSQL MS-SQL Database driver
CLAXDBMYSQL MYSQL Database driver
CLAXDBCSV CSV Server driver
CLAXDBDB2 DB2 Database driver
CLAXDBORCL Oracle Database driver
ARENAAX
upgrades:
CLAXARENARUP upgrade to latest Niagara version
CLAXARENASBSU5 upgrade SBS05 to SBS10
CLAXARENASBSUP upgrade SBS10 to Full ARENAAX
ARCHITECTURE
Optional ARENAAX
open system drivers:
CLAXDRBACOWS BACnet Operator Workstation includes 500 points for ARENA AX
CLAXDRBACAWS Additional BACnet AWS feature
CLAXDRBACEXP Additional BACnet Server Export feature
CLAXDRBAC500 Additional 500 BACnet points
CLAXDREIB EIB-IP driver with 500 points
CLAXDREIB500 driver with additional 500 EIP-IP driver points
CLAXDRLONIP LONIP driver with 500 points
CLAXDRLONIP500 driver with additional 500 LONIP points
CLAXDRMTCP Modbus driver TCP with 500 points
CLAXDRMTCP500 driver with additional 500 ModbusTCP points
CLAXDROBX oBIX driver with 500 points
CLAXDROBX500 driver with additional 500 oBIX points
CLAXDROPC OPC driver with 500 points
CLAXDROPC500 driver with additional 500 OPC points
CLAXDRSNMP SNMP driver with 500 SNMP points
CLAXDRSNMP500 driver with additional 500 SNMP points
CLAXARENAAXI Axis Cameras video driver 16 Cameras
CLAXARENAAXI4 Additional 4 Cameras Axis video driver
CLAXARENADED Ded. Micros NetVu DVR driver 16 Cameras
CLAXARENADED4 Add 4 Cameras Ded. Micros NetVu DVR video driver
CLAXARENAHRE Honeywel RapidEye NVM video driver 16 Cameras
CLAXARENAHRE4 Additional 4 Cameras Honeywel RapidEye NVM video driver
CLAXARENAMIL Milestone NVM video driver 16 Cameras
CLAXARENAMIL4 Add 4 Cameras Milestone NVM video driver
UNITARY CONTROLLER
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
62-0310-05
Spyder® BACnet®Programmable Controllers
PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONThe PUB and PVB controllers are part of the Spyder family. These controllers are BACnet MS/TP network devices designed to control HVAC equipment. These controllers provide many options and advanced system features that allow state-of-the-art commercial building control. Each controller is programmable and configurable through software.
These controllers are for use in VAV (Variable Air Volume), Unitary, and advanced HVAC applications. Each controller has flexible, universal inputs for external sensors, digital inputs, and a combination of analog and digital Triac outputs. All the models are described in Table 1. The photo to the left is the model PVB6436AS, which includes the actuator.
Table 1. Controller configurations.
Each controller communicates via an EIA-485 BACnet MS/TP network communications network, capable of baud rates between 9.6 and 115.2 kilobits.Controllers are field-mountable to either a panel or a DIN rail.
SPECIFICATIONS
General SpecificationsRated Voltage: 20–30 Vac; 50/60 HzPower Consumption:
100 VA for controller and all connected loads (including the actuator on models models PVL0000AS, PVL4022AS, and PVL6436AS).
Controller Only Load: 5 VA maximum; models PUB1012S, PUB4024S, PUB6438S, PVB4024NS, and PVB6438NS.
Controller and Actuator Load: 9 VA maximum; models PVL0000AS, PVL4022AS, and PVL6436AS.
External Sensors Power Output: 20 Vdc ±10% @ 75 mA maximum.
VAV Operating & Storage Temperature Ambient Rating (models PVB0000AS, PVB4022AS, PVB4024NS, PVB6436AS, and PVB6438NS).:Minimum 32 ºF (0 ºC); Maximum 122 ºF (50 ºC)
Unitary Operating & Storage Temperature Ambient Rating (models PUB1012S, PUB4024S, and PUB6438S.):Minimum -40 ºF (-40 ºC); Maximum 150 ºF (65.5 ºC)
Relative Humidity: 5% to 95% non-condensingLED: Provides status for normal operation, controller down-
load process, alarms, manual mode, and error conditions
ControllerModel
ProgrammableType
UniversalInputs
(UI)
DigitalInputs
(DI)
AnalogOutputs
(AO)
DigitalOutputs
(DO)
VelocityPressureSensor
(Microbridge)
Series 60FloatingActuator
PUB1012S Unitary 1a 0 1 2 NO NO
PUB4024S Unitary 4a 0 2 4 NO NO
PUB6438S Unitary 6 4 3 8 NO NO
PVB000AS VAV 0 0 0 0 YES YES
PVB4022AS VAV 4a 0 2 2 YES YES
PVB4024NS VAV 4a 0 2 4 YES NO
PVB6436AS VAV 6 4 3 6 YES YES
PVB6438NS VAV 6 4 3 8 YES NO
SPYDER® BACNET® PROGRAMMABLE CONTROLLERS
62-0310—05 2
BEFORE INSTALLATIONThe controller is available in three models (see Table 1).
Review the power, input, and output specifications on page 1 before installing the controller.— Hardware driven by Triac outputs must have a minimum
current draw, when energized, of 25 mA and a maximum current draw of 500 mA.
— Hardware driven by the analog current outputs must have a maximum resistance of 550 Ohms, resulting in a maximum voltage of 11 volts when driven at 20 mA.If resistance exceeds 550 Ohms, voltages up to 18 Vdc are possible at the analog output terminal.
WARNINGElectrical Shock Hazard.Can cause severe injury, death or property damage.Disconnect power supply before beginning wiring or making wiring connections to prevent electrical shock or equipment damage.
INSTALLATIONThe controller must be mounted in a position that allows clearance for wiring, servicing, removal, connection of the BACnet MS/TP Molex connector and access to the MS/TP MAC address DIP switches.
The controller may be mounted in any orientation.
IMPORTANTAvoid mounting in areas where acid fumes or other deteriorating vapors can attack the metal parts of the controller, or in areas where escaping gas or other explosive vapors are present. Fig. 6–Fig. 7 on page 4 for mounting dimensions.
For the PVB6436AS model, the actuator is mounted first and then the controller is mounted. For the other models, go to “When the actuator closes, the damper rotates CW either 45 or 60 degrees to fully close.” on page 3 to begin the installation.
Mount Actuator onto Damper Shaft (PVB0000AS, PVB4022AS, and PVB6436AS)PVB0000AS, PVB4022AS, and PVB6436AS controllers include the direct-coupled actuator with Declutch mechanism, which is shipped hard-wired to the controller.
The actuator mounts directly onto the VAV box damper shaft and has up to 44 lb-in. (5 Nm) torque, 90-degree stroke, and 90 second timing at 60 Hz. The actuator is suitable for mounting onto a 3/8 to 1/2 in. (10 to 13 mm) square or round VAV box damper shaft. The minimum VAV box damper shaft length is 1-9/16 in. (40 mm).
The two mechanical end-limit set screws control the amount of rotation from 12° to 95°. These set screws must be securely fastened in place. To ensure tight closing of the damper, the shaft adapter has a total rotation stroke of 95° (see Fig. 1).
NOTES:1. The actuator is shipped with the mechanical end-
limit set screws set to 95 degrees of rotation. Adjust the two set screws closer together to reduce the rotation travel. Each “hash mark” indi-cator on the bracket represents approximately 6.5° of rotation per side.
2. The Declutch button, when pressed, allows you to rotate the universal shaft adapter (see Fig. 1).
IMPORTANTDetermine the damper rotation and opening angle prior to installation. See Fig. 2 below and Fig. 3 on page 3 for examples.
Fig. 1. Series 60 Floating Actuator.
Fig. 2. Damper with 90 degree CW rotation to open.
IMPORTANTMount actuator flush with damper housing or add a spacer between the actuator mounting surface and damper box housing.
UNIVERSAL SHAFTCLAMPING BOLTS (2)
M23568
UNIVERSALSHAFT ADAPTER
MECHANICALEND LIMIT SET
SCREWS (2)
DECLUTCHBUTTON
M23569
DAMPER SHAFT ROTATES CLOCKWISE TO OPEN
DAMPER
SPYDER® BACNET® PROGRAMMABLE CONTROLLERS
3 62-0310—05
Before Mounting Actuator onto Damper Shaft (PVB0000AS, PVB4022AS, and PVB6436AS.)
Tools required:— Phillips #2 screwdriver - end-limit set screw adjustment— 8 mm wrench - centering clampBefore mounting the actuator onto the VAV box damper shaft, determine the following:
1. Determine the damper shaft diameter. It must be between 3/8 in. to 1/2 in. (10 to 13 mm).
2. Determine the length of the damper shaft. If the length of the VAV box damper shaft is less than 1-9/16 in. (40 mm), the actuator cannot be used.
3. Determine the direction the damper shaft rotates to open the damper (CW or CCW) (see Fig. 3). Typically, there is an etched line on the end of the damper shaft that indi-cates the position of the damper. In Fig. 2, the indicator shows the damper open in a CW direction.
4. Determine the damper full opening angle (45, 60, or 90 degrees). In Fig. 2, the damper is open to its full open position of 90 degrees.
Fig. 3. Determining the rotation direction (CW or CCW) for damper opening.
Mounting Actuator Onto Damper Shaft (PVB0000AS, PVB4022AS, and PVB6436AS.)The unit is shipped with the actuator set to rotate open in the clockwise (CW) direction to a full 95 degrees. The extra 5 degrees ensures a full opening range for a 90 degree damper. The installation procedure varies depending on the damper opening direction and angle:
1. If the damper rotates clockwise (CW) to open, and the angle of the damper open-to-closed is 90 degrees:a. Manually open the damper fully (rotate clockwise). b. Using the Declutch button, rotate the universal shaft
adapter fully clockwise. c. Mount the actuator to the VAV damper box and shaft.
d. Tighten the two bolts on the centering clamp (8 mm wrench; 70.8–88.5 lb-in. [8–10 Nm] torque). When the actuator closes, the damper rotates CCW 90 degrees to fully close.
2. If the damper rotates clockwise (CW) to open, and the angle of the damper open-to-closed is 45 or 60 degrees:a. Manually open the damper fully (rotate clockwise).b. The actuator is shipped with the mechanical
end-limits set at 95 degrees. Adjust the two mechanical end-limit set screws to provide the desired amount of rotation. Adjust the two set screws closer together to reduce the rotation travel.
c. Tighten the two mechanical end-limit screws (Phillips #2 screwdriver; (26.5–31 lb-in. [3.0–3.5 Nm] torque).
d. Using the Declutch button, rotate the universal shaft adapter fully clockwise.
e. Mount the actuator to the VAV damper box and shaft. f. Tighten the two bolts on the centering clamp
(8 mm wrench; 70.8–88.5 lb-in. [8–10 Nm] torque).g. When the actuator closes, the damper rotates CCW
either 45 or 60 degrees to fully close.3. If the damper rotates counterclockwise (CCW) to open,
and the angle of the damper open-to-closed is 90 degrees:a. Manually open the damper fully (rotate counter-
clockwise).b. Using the Declutch button, rotate the universal shaft
adapter fully counterclockwise. c. Mount the actuator to the damper box and shaft. d. Tighten the two bolts on the centering clamp (8 mm
wrench; 70.8–88.5 lb-in. [8–10 Nm] torque). When the actuator closes, the damper rotates CW 90 degrees to fully close.
4. If the damper rotates counterclockwise to open, and the angle of the damper open-to-closed is 45 or 60 degrees:a. Manually open the damper fully (rotate counter-
clockwise).b. The actuator is shipped with the mechanical
end-limits set at 95 degrees. Adjust the two mechanical end-limit set screws to provide the desired amount of rotation. Adjust the two set screws closer together to reduce the rotation travel.
c. Tighten the two mechanical end-limit screws (Phillips #2 screwdriver; (26.5–31 lb-in. [3.0–3.5 Nm] torque).
d. Using the Declutch button, rotate the universal shaft adapter fully counter-clockwise.
e. Mount the actuator to the VAV damper box and shaft. f. Tighten the two bolts on the centering clamp
(8 mm wrench; 70.8–88.5 lb-in. [8–10 Nm] torque).g. When the actuator closes, the damper rotates CW
either 45 or 60 degrees to fully close.
Mount ControllerNOTE: The controller may be wired before mounting to a
panel or DIN rail.
Terminal blocks are used to make all wiring connections to the controller. Attach all wiring to the appropriate terminal blocks (see “Wiring” on page 5).
AIR
FLOW
AIR
FLOW
CW TO OPEN, CCW TO CLOSE
CCW TO OPEN, CW TO CLOSEM2067B
TYPE A DAMPER
TYPE B DAMPER
SPYDER® BACNET® PROGRAMMABLE CONTROLLERS
62-0310—05 4
Fig. 4. Panel Mounting - controller dimensions in inches (mm) for PUB1012S, PUB4024S, and PVB4024NS (only
PUB40245S and PVB4024NS shown).
Fig. 5. Panel mounting - controller and actuator dimensions in inches (mm) for PVB0000AS and
PVB4022AS (only PVB000AS shown).
Fig. 6. Panel mounting - controller and actuator dimensions in inches (mm) for PVB6436AS.
Fig. 7. Panel mounting - controller dimensions in inches (mm) for models PUB6438S and PVB6438NS.
Panel MountingThe controller enclosure is constructed of a plastic base plate
and a plastic factory-snap-on cover.
M33228ANOTE: CONTROLLER CAN BE MOUNTED IN ANY ORIENTATION.
3/16 (4.5) PANEL MOUNTING HOLE (4X)
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 23 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 23 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4 5 6
DEPTH IS 2-1/4 (57)
7 8 9 10 11 12
1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11 12
4-13/16 (122)4-1/8 (105)
4-13/16 (122)4-1/8 (105)
6-1/4(159)
5-7/8(149)
6-1/4(159)
5-7/8(149)
NOTE: CONTROLLER CAN BE MOUNTED IN ANY ORIENTATION. M33229B
3/16 (4.5) PANELMOUNTING HOLE (4X)
27/32(21)
DEPTH IS 2-1/4 (57)
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 23 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11 12
6-1/4(159)
5-7/8(149)
8-9/32(211)
4-1/8(105)
1-15/16(49)
6-9/32(159)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 109 2 3 4 5 6 711 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0922 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 33
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0933 33 33 33 4
5-3/4
(146)
10-5/16 (262)
NOTE: CONTROLLER CAN BE MOUNTED IN ANY ORIENTATION.
PANEL MOUNTING HOLE(4X) 3/16 IN. (4.5)
M29329
5-3/64
(128)
8-5/16 (211)
6-29/64 (164)1-55/64
(47)
6-17/64
(159)
7/16
(11)
DEPTH IS 2-1/4 (57)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 0 9 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0 9 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0 9 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0 9 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4
5-3/4 (146)
6-27/32 (174)
NOTE: CONTROLLER CAN BE MOUNTED IN ANY ORIENTATION.
PANEL MOUNTING HOLE (4X) 29/64 IN. (12)
M29330
5-3/64 (128)
6-29/64 (164)
5-29/64
(139)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 0 9 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0 9 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0 9 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0 9 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4
6-27/32 (174)
5-3/64 (128)
6-29/64 (164)
5-29/64
(139)
PVB6438NS PUB6438S
DEPTH IS 2-1/4 (57)
SPYDER® BACNET® PROGRAMMABLE CONTROLLERS
5 62-0310—05
NOTE: The controller is designed so that the cover does not need to be removed from the base plate for either mounting or wiring.
The controller mounts using four screws inserted through the corners of the base plate. Fasten securely with four No. 6 or No. 8 machine or sheet metal screws.
The controller can be mounted in any orientation. Ventilation openings are designed into the cover to allow proper heat dissipation, regardless of the mounting orientation.
DIN Rail Mounting (PUB1012S, PUB4024S, PUB6438S, PVB4024NS, and PVB6438NS.)To mount the PUB1012S, PUB4024S, PUB6438S, PVB4024NS, or PVB6438NS controller on a DIN rail [standard EN50022; 1-3/8 in. x 9/32 in. (7.5 mm x 35 mm)], refer to Fig. 8 and perform the following steps:
1. Holding the controller with its top tilted in towards the DIN rail, hook the two top tabs on the back of the con-troller onto the top of the DIN rail.
2. Push down and in to snap the two bottom flex connec-tors of the controller onto the DIN rail.
IMPORTANTTo remove the controller from the DIN rail, perform the following:
1. Push straight up from the bottom to release the top tabs.
2. Rotate the top of the controller out towards you and pull the controller down and away from the DIN rail to release the bottom flex connectors.
Fig. 8. Controller DIN rail mounting (PUB1012S, PUB4024S, PUB6438S, PVB4024NS, and PVB6438NS).
Piping (PVB0000AS, PVB4022AS, PVB4024NS, PVB6436AS, and PVB6438NS)
Air flow PickupFor PVB0000AS, PVB4022AS, PVB4024NS, PVB6436AS, and PVB6438NS, connect the air flow pickup to the two restrictor ports on the controller (see Fig. 9).
NOTES:— Use 1/4 inch (6 mm) outside diameter, with a
0.040 in. (1 mm) wall thickness, plenum-rated 1219 FR (94V-2) tubing.
— Always use a fresh cut on the end of the tubing that connects to the air flow pickups and the restrictor ports on the controller.
Connect the high pressure or upstream tube to the plastic restrictor port labeled (+), and the low pressure or down-stream tube to the restrictor port labeled (-). See labeling in Fig. 9. When twin tubing is used from the pickup, split the pickup tubing a short length to accommodate the connections.
NOTES:— If controllers are mounted in unusually dusty or
dirty environments, an inline, 5-micron disposable air filter (use 5-micron filters compatible with pneumatic controls) is recommended for the high pressure line (marked as +) connected to the air flow pickup.
— The tubing from the air flow pickup to the control-ler should not exceed three feet (0.914 m). Any length greater than this will degrade the flow sensing accuracy.
— Use caution when removing tubing from a con-nector. Always pull straight away from the connec-tor or use diagonal cutters to cut the edge of the tubing attached to the connector. Never remove by pulling at an angle.
Fig. 9. Air flow pickup connections (PVB0000AS, PVB4022AS, PVB4024NS, PVB6436AS, and PVB6438NS).
WiringAll wiring must comply with applicable electrical codes and ordinances, or as specified on installation wiring diagrams. Controller wiring is terminated to the screw terminal blocks located on the top and the bottom of the device.
WARNINGElectrical Shock Hazard.Can cause severe injury, death or property damage.Disconnect power supply before beginning wiring or making wiring connections, to prevent electrical shock or equipment damage.
NOTES:— For multiple controllers operating from a single
transformer, the same side of the transformer secondary must be connected to the same power input terminal in each controller. Controller
DIN RAIL
TOP TABS
BOTTOM FLEXCONNECTORS M16815
M23556A
AIR FLOW PICKUP
ΔP
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 0 9 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0 9 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0 9 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0 9 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4
RESTRICTOR PORT
RESTRICTOR PORT
CONNECTOR TUBING
SPYDER® BACNET® PROGRAMMABLE CONTROLLERS
62-0310—05 6
configurations will not necessarily be limited to three devices, but the total power draw, including accessories, cannot exceed 100 VA when powered by the same transformer (U.S. only). The earth ground terminal (terminal 3) must be connected to a verified earth ground for each controller in the group (see Fig. 11 on page 6).
— All loads on the controller must be powered by the same transformer that powers the controller itself. A controller can use separate transformers for controller power and output power.
— Keep the earth ground connection (terminal 3) wire run as short as possible.
— Do not connect the universal input COM terminals, analog output COM terminals or the digital input/output COM terminals to earth ground.
The 24 Vac power from an energy limited Class II power source must be provided to the controller. To conform to Class II restrictions (U.S. only), the transformer must not be larger than 100 VA.
Fig. 10 depicts a single controller using one transformer.
IMPORTANTPower must be off prior to connecting to or removing connections from the 24 Vac power (24 Vac/24 Vac COM), earth ground (EGND), and 20 Vdc power (20 Vdc) terminals.
IMPORTANTUse the heaviest gauge wire available, up to 14 AWG (2.0 sq mm), with a minimum of 18 AWG (1.0 sq mm), for all power and earth ground wiring.
Screw-type terminal blocks are designed to accept up to one 14 AWG (2.0 sq mm) conductor or up to two 18 AWG (1.0 sq mm) conductors. More than two wires that are 18 AWG (2.0 sq mm) can be con-nected with a wire nut. Include a pigtail with this wire group and attach the pigtail to the terminal block.
IMPORTANTConnect terminal 2, (the 24 Vac common [24 VAC COM] terminal) to earth ground (see Fig. 10).
Fig. 10. Power wiring details for one controller per transformer.
More than one controller can be powered by a single transformer. Fig. 11 shows power wiring details for multiple controllers.
NOTE: Controller configurations are not necessarily lim-ited to three devices, but the total power draw, including accessories, cannot exceed 100 VA when powered by the same transformer (U.S. only).
Fig. 11. Power wiring details for two or more controllers per transformer.
CommunicationsEach controller uses a BACnet MS/TP communications port. The controller’s data is presented to other controllers over a twisted-pair MS/TP network, which uses the EIA-485 signaling standard capable of the following baud rates: 9.6, 19.2, 38.4,
76.8 or 115.2 Kilobits per second (configured at global controller). The Spyder BACnet controllers are master devices on the MS/TP network. Each Spyder BACnet controller uses a high-quality EIA-485 transceiver and exerts 1/4 unit load on the MS/TP network.
M29684A
TRANSFORMER
OUTPUTDEVICEPOWER
ΔP
12345678 109 2345678 0911 1111111 21
12345678 0922 2222222 33
12345678 0933 33 33 33 4
EARTHGROUND
1LINE VOLTAGEGREATERTHAN 150 VAC
WHEN CONNECTIONG POWER TO THE SPYDER BACnet CONTROLLER, CONNECT THE COM LEG OF THE VAC SECONDARY CIRCUIT TO A KNOWN EARTH GROUND.
1
COM
24 VAC
CONNECT POWER TO TERMINALS 1 AND 2
M29685A
120/240VAC
TRANSFORMEROUTPUTDEVICEPOWER
ΔP
12345678 109 2345678 0911 1111111 21
12345678 0922 2222222 33
12345678 0933 33 33 33 4
COM
24 VAC
ΔP
12345678 109 2345678 0911 1111111 21
12345678 0922 2222222 33
12345678 0933 33 33 33 4 ΔP
12345678 109 2345678 0911 1111111 21
12345678 0922 2222222 33
12345678 0933 33 33 33 4
CONNECT POWER TO TERMINALS 1 AND 2
EARTHGROUND
SPYDER® BACNET® PROGRAMMABLE CONTROLLERS
7 62-0310—05
Cabling should be selected that meets or exceeds the BACnet Standard which specifies the following: An MS/TP EIA-485 network shall use shielded, twisted-pair cable with characteristic impedance between 100 and 130 ohms. Distributed capacitance between conductors shall be less than 100 pF per meter (30 pF per foot). Distributed capacitance between conductors and shield shall be less that 200 pF per meter (60 pF per foot). Foil or braided shields are acceptable. The Honeywell tested and recommended MS/TP cable is Honeywell Cable 3322 (18 AWG, 1-Pair, Shielded, Plenum cable), alternatively Honeywell Cable 3251 (22 AWG, 1-Pair, Shielded, Plenum cable) is available and meets the BACnet Standard requirements (www.honeywellcable.com).
The maximum BACnet MS/TP network Bus segment length is 4,000 ft. (1,071 m) using recommended wire. Repeaters must be used when making runs longer than 4,000 ft. (1,071 m). A maximum of three repeaters can be used between any two devices.
Setting the MS/TP MAC addressThe MS/TP MAC address for each device must be set to a unique value in the range of 0-127 on an MS/TP network segment (address 0, 1, 2, & 3 should be avoided as they are commonly used for the router, diagnostic tools, and as spare addresses). DIP switches on the Spyder BACnet controller are used to set the controller's MAC address.
To set the MS/TP MAC address of a Spyder BACnet controller:
1. Find an unused MAC address on the MS/TP network to which the Spyder BACnet controller connects.
2. Locate the DIP switch bank on the Spyder BACnet for addressing. This is labeled MAC Address
3. With the Spyder BACnet Controller powered down, set the DIP switches for the MAC Address you want. Add the value of DIP switches set to ON to determine the MAC address. See Table 2. Example, if only DIP switches 1, 3, 5, and 7 are enabled the MAC address would be 85 (1 + 4 + 16 + 64 = 85).
Setting the Device Instance NumberThe Device Instance Number must be unique across the entire BACnet system network because it is used to uniquely identify the BACnet devices. It may be used to conveniently identify the BACnet device from other devices during
installation. The Spyder BACnet Controllers Device Instance Number is automatically set when it is added to a WEBStation-AX project. The Device Instance Number can be changed by the user, which may be necessary when integrating with a third party or when attempting to replace an existing controller and it is desired to maintain the existing Device Instance Number.
To edit the Device Instance Number using WEBs AX:1. Identify an unused Device Instance Number on the
BACnet Network, in the range of 0 - 4194302.2. Open the Spyder Bacnet Device Mgr View
a. Double click on the BacnetNetwork located in the Nav tree.
b. Select the Spyder Controller to be modified.c. Click on the Edit button.d. Enter an unused value in the Device Id field.e. Select OK
3. Right Click on the Spyder Controller and select Actions > Write Device Instance to complete the update
Termination ResistorsMatched terminating resistors are required at each end of a segment bus wired across (+) and (-). Use matched precision resistors rated 1/4W ±1% / 80 - 130 Ohms. Ideally, the value of the terminating resistors should match the rated characteristic impedance of the installed cable. For example, if the installed MS/TP cable has a a listed characteristic impedance of 120 Ohm, install 120 Ohm matched precision resistors.
Shield TerminatingFollowing proper MS/TP cabling shield grounding procedures is important to minimize the risk of communication problems and equipment damage caused by capacitive coupling. Capacitive coupling is caused by placing MS/TP cabling close to lines carrying higher voltage. The shield should be grounded on only one end of the MS/TP segment (typically the router end). Tie the shield through using the SHLD (terminal 4) on the Spyder BACnet Controller.
Sylk™ BusSylk is a two wire, polarity insensitive bus that provides both 18 VDC power and communications between a Sylk-enabled sensor and a Sylk-enabled controller. Using Sylk-enabled sensors saves I/O on the controller and is faster and cheaper to install since only two wires are needed and the bus is polarity insensitive. Sylk sensors are configured using the latest release of the Spyder Tool for WEBPro and WEBStation.
Table 2. DIP Switch Values For MS/TP MAC Address.
DIP 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
VALUE 64 32 16 8 4 2 1
SPYDER® BACNET® PROGRAMMABLE CONTROLLERS
62-0310—05 8
Fig. 12. Termination modules.
Wiring Method
WARNINGElectrical Shock Hazard.Can cause severe injury, death or property damage.Disconnect power supply before beginning wiring, or making wiring connections, to prevent electrical shock or equipment damage.
NOTE: When attaching two or more wires to the same terminal, other than 14 AWG (2.0 sq mm), be sure to twist them together. Deviation from this rule can result in improper electrical contact (see Fig. 13).
Each terminal can accommodate the following gauges of wire:— Single wire: from 22 AWG to 14 AWG solid or stranded— Multiple wires: up to two 18 AWG stranded, with 1/4 watt
wire-wound resistor
Prepare wiring for the terminal blocks, as follows:1. Strip 1/2 in. (13 mm) insulation from the conductor.2. Cut a single wire to 3/16 in. (5 mm). Insert the wire in
the required terminal location and tighten the screw.3. If two or more wires are being inserted into one terminal
location, twist the wires together a minimum of three turns before inserting them (see Fig. 13).
4. Cut the twisted end of the wires to 3/16 in. (5 mm) before inserting them into the terminal and tightening the screw.
5. Pull on each wire in all terminals to check for good mechanical connection.
Fig. 13. Attaching two or more wires at terminal blocks.
Controller Replacement (PVB0000AS, PVB4022AS, and PVB6436AS)For PVB0000AS, PVB4022AS, and PVB6436AS controllers, which are hard-wired to an actuator, perform the following actions to replace the complete assembly (controller and actuator):
1. Remove all power from the controller.2. Remove the two air flow pickup connections from the
pressure sensor.3. Remove the terminal blocks.4. Remove the old controller and actuator assembly from
its mounting.• Loosen the two bolts on the actuator clamp to
release the actuator from the shaft.• Remove the controller’s mounting screws.• Gently pull the controller and actuator assembly
straight out, until the assembly is clear of the actuator shaft.
AO-1
COM
AO-2
AO-3
COM
UI-1
COM
UI-2
UI-3
COM
UI-4
UI-5
COM
UI-6
DI-1
DI-2
COM
DI-3
20V
DCDI
-4
BAC
–BA
C +
SHLD
EGND
24 V
AC24
VAC
COM
DO-1
COM
DO-2
DO-3
DO-4
DO-5
COM
DO-6
COM
M29331A
ADD APPROPRIATE TERMINATIONRESISTOR BETWEEN THE BAC+ AND THE BAC– TERMINALS.
BACnet MS/TP–
BAC+SHLD
BAC–NOTE: ALL BACnet MS/TP CONNECTIONS ARE MADE TO:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 109 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0911 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 21
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0922 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 33
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0933 33 33 33 4
AO-1
COM
AO-2
AO-3
COM
UI-1
COM
UI-2
UI-3
COM
UI-4
UI-5
COM
UI-6
DI-1
DI-2
COM
DI-3
20V
DCDI
-4
BAC
–BA
C +
SHLD
EGND
24 V
AC24
VAC
COM
DO-1
COM
DO-2
DO-3
DO-4
DO-5
COM
DO-6
COM
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 109 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0911 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 21
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0922 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 33
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0933 33 33 33 4
AO-1
COM
AO-2
AO-3
COM
UI-1
COM
UI-2
UI-3
COM
UI-4
UI-5
COM
UI-6
DI-1
DI-2
COM
DI-3
20V
DCDI
-4
BAC
–BA
C +
SHLD
EGND
24 V
AC24
VAC
COM
DO-1
COM
DO-2
DO-3
DO-4
DO-5
COM
DO-6
COM
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 109 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0911 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 21
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0922 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 33
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0933 33 33 33 4
DO-7
DO-8
COM
DO-7
DO-8
COM
SBUS
1SB
US2
SBUS
1SB
US2
SBUS
1SB
US2
BACnet MS/TP+SHIELD
BACnet MS/TP–BACnet MS/TP+SHIELD
1/2(13)
STRIP 1/2 IN. (13 MM)
FROM WIRES TO
BE ATTACHED AT
ONE TERMINAL.
1.
2. TWIST WIRES
TOGETHER WITH
PLIERS (A MINIMUM
OF THREE TURNS).
3.CUT TWISTED END OF WIRES TO 3/16 IN. (5 MM)
BEFORE INSERTING INTO TERMINAL AND
TIGHTENING SCREW. THEN PULL ON EACH
WIRE IN ALL TERMINALS TO CHECK FOR
GOOD MECHANICAL CONNECTION. M17207
SPYDER® BACNET® PROGRAMMABLE CONTROLLERS
9 62-0310—05
5. Mount the new controller and actuator assembly (See “Installation” on page 2.).
6. Reconnect the two air flow pickup tubes to the pressure sensor (See “Piping (PVB0000AS, PVB4022AS, PVB4024NS, PVB6436AS, and PVB6438NS)” on page 4).
7. Replace the terminal blocks:• Insert each terminal block onto its alignment pins.• Press straight down to firmly seat it.• Repeat for each terminal block.
8. Restore power to the controller.
Controller Replacement (PVB4024NS and PVB6438NS)Perform the following to replace the PVB4024NS and PVB6438NS controllers:
1. Remove all power from the controller.2. Remove the two air flow pickup connections from the
pressure sensor.3. Remove the terminal blocks.4. Remove the old controller from its mounting.
IMPORTANT (FOR CONTROLLERS MOUNTED TO A DIN RAIL):
1. Push straight up from the bottom to release the top pins.
2. Rotate the top of the controller outwards to release the bottom flex connectors (see Fig. 8 on page 5).
5. Mount the new controller. • See “Installation” on page 2.
6. Reconnect the two air flow pickup tubes to the pressure sensor (See “Piping (PVB0000AS, PVB4022AS, PVB4024NS, PVB6436AS, and PVB6438NS)” on page 4).
7. Replace the terminal blocks:• Insert each terminal block onto its alignment pins.• Press straight down to firmly seat it. • Repeat for each terminal block.
8. Restore power to the controller.
Controller Replacement (PUB1012S, PUB4024S, and PUB6438S)Perform the following to replace the PUB1012S, PUB4024S, and PUB6438S controllers:
1. Remove all power from the controller.2. Remove the terminal blocks.3. Remove the old controller from its mounting.
IMPORTANT (FOR CONTROLLERS MOUNTED TO A DIN RAIL):
1. Push straight up from the bottom to release the top pins.
2. Rotate the top of the controller outwards to release the bottom flex connectors (see Fig. 8 on page 5).
4. Mount the new controller (See “Installation” on page 2.).5. Replace the terminal blocks:
• Insert each terminal block onto its alignment pins.• Press straight down to firmly seat it. • Repeat for each terminal block.
6. Restore power to the controller.
SPYDER® BACNET® PROGRAMMABLE CONTROLLERS
Automation and Control SolutionsHoneywell International Inc.
1985 Douglas Drive North
Golden Valley, MN 55422
customer.honeywell.com
® U.S. Registered Trademark© 2014 Honeywell International Inc.62-0310—05 M.S. Rev. 01-14 Printed in United States
By using this Honeywell literature, you agree that Honeywell will have no liability for any damages arising out of your use or modification to, the literature. You will defend and indemnify Honeywell, its affiliates and subsidiaries, from and against any liability, cost, or damages, including attorneys’ fees, arising out of, or resulting from, any modification to the literature by you.
VAV CONTROLLER
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
62-0310-05
Spyder® BACnet®Programmable Controllers
PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONThe PUB and PVB controllers are part of the Spyder family. These controllers are BACnet MS/TP network devices designed to control HVAC equipment. These controllers provide many options and advanced system features that allow state-of-the-art commercial building control. Each controller is programmable and configurable through software.
These controllers are for use in VAV (Variable Air Volume), Unitary, and advanced HVAC applications. Each controller has flexible, universal inputs for external sensors, digital inputs, and a combination of analog and digital Triac outputs. All the models are described in Table 1. The photo to the left is the model PVB6436AS, which includes the actuator.
Table 1. Controller configurations.
Each controller communicates via an EIA-485 BACnet MS/TP network communications network, capable of baud rates between 9.6 and 115.2 kilobits.Controllers are field-mountable to either a panel or a DIN rail.
SPECIFICATIONS
General SpecificationsRated Voltage: 20–30 Vac; 50/60 HzPower Consumption:
100 VA for controller and all connected loads (including the actuator on models models PVL0000AS, PVL4022AS, and PVL6436AS).
Controller Only Load: 5 VA maximum; models PUB1012S, PUB4024S, PUB6438S, PVB4024NS, and PVB6438NS.
Controller and Actuator Load: 9 VA maximum; models PVL0000AS, PVL4022AS, and PVL6436AS.
External Sensors Power Output: 20 Vdc ±10% @ 75 mA maximum.
VAV Operating & Storage Temperature Ambient Rating (models PVB0000AS, PVB4022AS, PVB4024NS, PVB6436AS, and PVB6438NS).:Minimum 32 ºF (0 ºC); Maximum 122 ºF (50 ºC)
Unitary Operating & Storage Temperature Ambient Rating (models PUB1012S, PUB4024S, and PUB6438S.):Minimum -40 ºF (-40 ºC); Maximum 150 ºF (65.5 ºC)
Relative Humidity: 5% to 95% non-condensingLED: Provides status for normal operation, controller down-
load process, alarms, manual mode, and error conditions
ControllerModel
ProgrammableType
UniversalInputs
(UI)
DigitalInputs
(DI)
AnalogOutputs
(AO)
DigitalOutputs
(DO)
VelocityPressureSensor
(Microbridge)
Series 60FloatingActuator
PUB1012S Unitary 1a 0 1 2 NO NO
PUB4024S Unitary 4a 0 2 4 NO NO
PUB6438S Unitary 6 4 3 8 NO NO
PVB000AS VAV 0 0 0 0 YES YES
PVB4022AS VAV 4a 0 2 2 YES YES
PVB4024NS VAV 4a 0 2 4 YES NO
PVB6436AS VAV 6 4 3 6 YES YES
PVB6438NS VAV 6 4 3 8 YES NO
SPYDER® BACNET® PROGRAMMABLE CONTROLLERS
62-0310—05 2
BEFORE INSTALLATIONThe controller is available in three models (see Table 1).
Review the power, input, and output specifications on page 1 before installing the controller.— Hardware driven by Triac outputs must have a minimum
current draw, when energized, of 25 mA and a maximum current draw of 500 mA.
— Hardware driven by the analog current outputs must have a maximum resistance of 550 Ohms, resulting in a maximum voltage of 11 volts when driven at 20 mA.If resistance exceeds 550 Ohms, voltages up to 18 Vdc are possible at the analog output terminal.
WARNINGElectrical Shock Hazard.Can cause severe injury, death or property damage.Disconnect power supply before beginning wiring or making wiring connections to prevent electrical shock or equipment damage.
INSTALLATIONThe controller must be mounted in a position that allows clearance for wiring, servicing, removal, connection of the BACnet MS/TP Molex connector and access to the MS/TP MAC address DIP switches.
The controller may be mounted in any orientation.
IMPORTANTAvoid mounting in areas where acid fumes or other deteriorating vapors can attack the metal parts of the controller, or in areas where escaping gas or other explosive vapors are present. Fig. 6–Fig. 7 on page 4 for mounting dimensions.
For the PVB6436AS model, the actuator is mounted first and then the controller is mounted. For the other models, go to “When the actuator closes, the damper rotates CW either 45 or 60 degrees to fully close.” on page 3 to begin the installation.
Mount Actuator onto Damper Shaft (PVB0000AS, PVB4022AS, and PVB6436AS)PVB0000AS, PVB4022AS, and PVB6436AS controllers include the direct-coupled actuator with Declutch mechanism, which is shipped hard-wired to the controller.
The actuator mounts directly onto the VAV box damper shaft and has up to 44 lb-in. (5 Nm) torque, 90-degree stroke, and 90 second timing at 60 Hz. The actuator is suitable for mounting onto a 3/8 to 1/2 in. (10 to 13 mm) square or round VAV box damper shaft. The minimum VAV box damper shaft length is 1-9/16 in. (40 mm).
The two mechanical end-limit set screws control the amount of rotation from 12° to 95°. These set screws must be securely fastened in place. To ensure tight closing of the damper, the shaft adapter has a total rotation stroke of 95° (see Fig. 1).
NOTES:1. The actuator is shipped with the mechanical end-
limit set screws set to 95 degrees of rotation. Adjust the two set screws closer together to reduce the rotation travel. Each “hash mark” indi-cator on the bracket represents approximately 6.5° of rotation per side.
2. The Declutch button, when pressed, allows you to rotate the universal shaft adapter (see Fig. 1).
IMPORTANTDetermine the damper rotation and opening angle prior to installation. See Fig. 2 below and Fig. 3 on page 3 for examples.
Fig. 1. Series 60 Floating Actuator.
Fig. 2. Damper with 90 degree CW rotation to open.
IMPORTANTMount actuator flush with damper housing or add a spacer between the actuator mounting surface and damper box housing.
UNIVERSAL SHAFTCLAMPING BOLTS (2)
M23568
UNIVERSALSHAFT ADAPTER
MECHANICALEND LIMIT SET
SCREWS (2)
DECLUTCHBUTTON
M23569
DAMPER SHAFT ROTATES CLOCKWISE TO OPEN
DAMPER
SPYDER® BACNET® PROGRAMMABLE CONTROLLERS
3 62-0310—05
Before Mounting Actuator onto Damper Shaft (PVB0000AS, PVB4022AS, and PVB6436AS.)
Tools required:— Phillips #2 screwdriver - end-limit set screw adjustment— 8 mm wrench - centering clampBefore mounting the actuator onto the VAV box damper shaft, determine the following:
1. Determine the damper shaft diameter. It must be between 3/8 in. to 1/2 in. (10 to 13 mm).
2. Determine the length of the damper shaft. If the length of the VAV box damper shaft is less than 1-9/16 in. (40 mm), the actuator cannot be used.
3. Determine the direction the damper shaft rotates to open the damper (CW or CCW) (see Fig. 3). Typically, there is an etched line on the end of the damper shaft that indi-cates the position of the damper. In Fig. 2, the indicator shows the damper open in a CW direction.
4. Determine the damper full opening angle (45, 60, or 90 degrees). In Fig. 2, the damper is open to its full open position of 90 degrees.
Fig. 3. Determining the rotation direction (CW or CCW) for damper opening.
Mounting Actuator Onto Damper Shaft (PVB0000AS, PVB4022AS, and PVB6436AS.)The unit is shipped with the actuator set to rotate open in the clockwise (CW) direction to a full 95 degrees. The extra 5 degrees ensures a full opening range for a 90 degree damper. The installation procedure varies depending on the damper opening direction and angle:
1. If the damper rotates clockwise (CW) to open, and the angle of the damper open-to-closed is 90 degrees:a. Manually open the damper fully (rotate clockwise). b. Using the Declutch button, rotate the universal shaft
adapter fully clockwise. c. Mount the actuator to the VAV damper box and shaft.
d. Tighten the two bolts on the centering clamp (8 mm wrench; 70.8–88.5 lb-in. [8–10 Nm] torque). When the actuator closes, the damper rotates CCW 90 degrees to fully close.
2. If the damper rotates clockwise (CW) to open, and the angle of the damper open-to-closed is 45 or 60 degrees:a. Manually open the damper fully (rotate clockwise).b. The actuator is shipped with the mechanical
end-limits set at 95 degrees. Adjust the two mechanical end-limit set screws to provide the desired amount of rotation. Adjust the two set screws closer together to reduce the rotation travel.
c. Tighten the two mechanical end-limit screws (Phillips #2 screwdriver; (26.5–31 lb-in. [3.0–3.5 Nm] torque).
d. Using the Declutch button, rotate the universal shaft adapter fully clockwise.
e. Mount the actuator to the VAV damper box and shaft. f. Tighten the two bolts on the centering clamp
(8 mm wrench; 70.8–88.5 lb-in. [8–10 Nm] torque).g. When the actuator closes, the damper rotates CCW
either 45 or 60 degrees to fully close.3. If the damper rotates counterclockwise (CCW) to open,
and the angle of the damper open-to-closed is 90 degrees:a. Manually open the damper fully (rotate counter-
clockwise).b. Using the Declutch button, rotate the universal shaft
adapter fully counterclockwise. c. Mount the actuator to the damper box and shaft. d. Tighten the two bolts on the centering clamp (8 mm
wrench; 70.8–88.5 lb-in. [8–10 Nm] torque). When the actuator closes, the damper rotates CW 90 degrees to fully close.
4. If the damper rotates counterclockwise to open, and the angle of the damper open-to-closed is 45 or 60 degrees:a. Manually open the damper fully (rotate counter-
clockwise).b. The actuator is shipped with the mechanical
end-limits set at 95 degrees. Adjust the two mechanical end-limit set screws to provide the desired amount of rotation. Adjust the two set screws closer together to reduce the rotation travel.
c. Tighten the two mechanical end-limit screws (Phillips #2 screwdriver; (26.5–31 lb-in. [3.0–3.5 Nm] torque).
d. Using the Declutch button, rotate the universal shaft adapter fully counter-clockwise.
e. Mount the actuator to the VAV damper box and shaft. f. Tighten the two bolts on the centering clamp
(8 mm wrench; 70.8–88.5 lb-in. [8–10 Nm] torque).g. When the actuator closes, the damper rotates CW
either 45 or 60 degrees to fully close.
Mount ControllerNOTE: The controller may be wired before mounting to a
panel or DIN rail.
Terminal blocks are used to make all wiring connections to the controller. Attach all wiring to the appropriate terminal blocks (see “Wiring” on page 5).
AIR
FLOW
AIR
FLOW
CW TO OPEN, CCW TO CLOSE
CCW TO OPEN, CW TO CLOSEM2067B
TYPE A DAMPER
TYPE B DAMPER
SPYDER® BACNET® PROGRAMMABLE CONTROLLERS
62-0310—05 4
Fig. 4. Panel Mounting - controller dimensions in inches (mm) for PUB1012S, PUB4024S, and PVB4024NS (only
PUB40245S and PVB4024NS shown).
Fig. 5. Panel mounting - controller and actuator dimensions in inches (mm) for PVB0000AS and
PVB4022AS (only PVB000AS shown).
Fig. 6. Panel mounting - controller and actuator dimensions in inches (mm) for PVB6436AS.
Fig. 7. Panel mounting - controller dimensions in inches (mm) for models PUB6438S and PVB6438NS.
Panel MountingThe controller enclosure is constructed of a plastic base plate
and a plastic factory-snap-on cover.
M33228ANOTE: CONTROLLER CAN BE MOUNTED IN ANY ORIENTATION.
3/16 (4.5) PANEL MOUNTING HOLE (4X)
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 23 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 23 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4 5 6
DEPTH IS 2-1/4 (57)
7 8 9 10 11 12
1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11 12
4-13/16 (122)4-1/8 (105)
4-13/16 (122)4-1/8 (105)
6-1/4(159)
5-7/8(149)
6-1/4(159)
5-7/8(149)
NOTE: CONTROLLER CAN BE MOUNTED IN ANY ORIENTATION. M33229B
3/16 (4.5) PANELMOUNTING HOLE (4X)
27/32(21)
DEPTH IS 2-1/4 (57)
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 23 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11 12
6-1/4(159)
5-7/8(149)
8-9/32(211)
4-1/8(105)
1-15/16(49)
6-9/32(159)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 109 2 3 4 5 6 711 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0922 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 33
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0933 33 33 33 4
5-3/4
(146)
10-5/16 (262)
NOTE: CONTROLLER CAN BE MOUNTED IN ANY ORIENTATION.
PANEL MOUNTING HOLE(4X) 3/16 IN. (4.5)
M29329
5-3/64
(128)
8-5/16 (211)
6-29/64 (164)1-55/64
(47)
6-17/64
(159)
7/16
(11)
DEPTH IS 2-1/4 (57)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 0 9 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0 9 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0 9 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0 9 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4
5-3/4 (146)
6-27/32 (174)
NOTE: CONTROLLER CAN BE MOUNTED IN ANY ORIENTATION.
PANEL MOUNTING HOLE (4X) 29/64 IN. (12)
M29330
5-3/64 (128)
6-29/64 (164)
5-29/64
(139)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 0 9 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0 9 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0 9 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0 9 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4
6-27/32 (174)
5-3/64 (128)
6-29/64 (164)
5-29/64
(139)
PVB6438NS PUB6438S
DEPTH IS 2-1/4 (57)
SPYDER® BACNET® PROGRAMMABLE CONTROLLERS
5 62-0310—05
NOTE: The controller is designed so that the cover does not need to be removed from the base plate for either mounting or wiring.
The controller mounts using four screws inserted through the corners of the base plate. Fasten securely with four No. 6 or No. 8 machine or sheet metal screws.
The controller can be mounted in any orientation. Ventilation openings are designed into the cover to allow proper heat dissipation, regardless of the mounting orientation.
DIN Rail Mounting (PUB1012S, PUB4024S, PUB6438S, PVB4024NS, and PVB6438NS.)To mount the PUB1012S, PUB4024S, PUB6438S, PVB4024NS, or PVB6438NS controller on a DIN rail [standard EN50022; 1-3/8 in. x 9/32 in. (7.5 mm x 35 mm)], refer to Fig. 8 and perform the following steps:
1. Holding the controller with its top tilted in towards the DIN rail, hook the two top tabs on the back of the con-troller onto the top of the DIN rail.
2. Push down and in to snap the two bottom flex connec-tors of the controller onto the DIN rail.
IMPORTANTTo remove the controller from the DIN rail, perform the following:
1. Push straight up from the bottom to release the top tabs.
2. Rotate the top of the controller out towards you and pull the controller down and away from the DIN rail to release the bottom flex connectors.
Fig. 8. Controller DIN rail mounting (PUB1012S, PUB4024S, PUB6438S, PVB4024NS, and PVB6438NS).
Piping (PVB0000AS, PVB4022AS, PVB4024NS, PVB6436AS, and PVB6438NS)
Air flow PickupFor PVB0000AS, PVB4022AS, PVB4024NS, PVB6436AS, and PVB6438NS, connect the air flow pickup to the two restrictor ports on the controller (see Fig. 9).
NOTES:— Use 1/4 inch (6 mm) outside diameter, with a
0.040 in. (1 mm) wall thickness, plenum-rated 1219 FR (94V-2) tubing.
— Always use a fresh cut on the end of the tubing that connects to the air flow pickups and the restrictor ports on the controller.
Connect the high pressure or upstream tube to the plastic restrictor port labeled (+), and the low pressure or down-stream tube to the restrictor port labeled (-). See labeling in Fig. 9. When twin tubing is used from the pickup, split the pickup tubing a short length to accommodate the connections.
NOTES:— If controllers are mounted in unusually dusty or
dirty environments, an inline, 5-micron disposable air filter (use 5-micron filters compatible with pneumatic controls) is recommended for the high pressure line (marked as +) connected to the air flow pickup.
— The tubing from the air flow pickup to the control-ler should not exceed three feet (0.914 m). Any length greater than this will degrade the flow sensing accuracy.
— Use caution when removing tubing from a con-nector. Always pull straight away from the connec-tor or use diagonal cutters to cut the edge of the tubing attached to the connector. Never remove by pulling at an angle.
Fig. 9. Air flow pickup connections (PVB0000AS, PVB4022AS, PVB4024NS, PVB6436AS, and PVB6438NS).
WiringAll wiring must comply with applicable electrical codes and ordinances, or as specified on installation wiring diagrams. Controller wiring is terminated to the screw terminal blocks located on the top and the bottom of the device.
WARNINGElectrical Shock Hazard.Can cause severe injury, death or property damage.Disconnect power supply before beginning wiring or making wiring connections, to prevent electrical shock or equipment damage.
NOTES:— For multiple controllers operating from a single
transformer, the same side of the transformer secondary must be connected to the same power input terminal in each controller. Controller
DIN RAIL
TOP TABS
BOTTOM FLEXCONNECTORS M16815
M23556A
AIR FLOW PICKUP
ΔP
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 0 9 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0 9 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0 9 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0 9 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4
RESTRICTOR PORT
RESTRICTOR PORT
CONNECTOR TUBING
SPYDER® BACNET® PROGRAMMABLE CONTROLLERS
62-0310—05 6
configurations will not necessarily be limited to three devices, but the total power draw, including accessories, cannot exceed 100 VA when powered by the same transformer (U.S. only). The earth ground terminal (terminal 3) must be connected to a verified earth ground for each controller in the group (see Fig. 11 on page 6).
— All loads on the controller must be powered by the same transformer that powers the controller itself. A controller can use separate transformers for controller power and output power.
— Keep the earth ground connection (terminal 3) wire run as short as possible.
— Do not connect the universal input COM terminals, analog output COM terminals or the digital input/output COM terminals to earth ground.
The 24 Vac power from an energy limited Class II power source must be provided to the controller. To conform to Class II restrictions (U.S. only), the transformer must not be larger than 100 VA.
Fig. 10 depicts a single controller using one transformer.
IMPORTANTPower must be off prior to connecting to or removing connections from the 24 Vac power (24 Vac/24 Vac COM), earth ground (EGND), and 20 Vdc power (20 Vdc) terminals.
IMPORTANTUse the heaviest gauge wire available, up to 14 AWG (2.0 sq mm), with a minimum of 18 AWG (1.0 sq mm), for all power and earth ground wiring.
Screw-type terminal blocks are designed to accept up to one 14 AWG (2.0 sq mm) conductor or up to two 18 AWG (1.0 sq mm) conductors. More than two wires that are 18 AWG (2.0 sq mm) can be con-nected with a wire nut. Include a pigtail with this wire group and attach the pigtail to the terminal block.
IMPORTANTConnect terminal 2, (the 24 Vac common [24 VAC COM] terminal) to earth ground (see Fig. 10).
Fig. 10. Power wiring details for one controller per transformer.
More than one controller can be powered by a single transformer. Fig. 11 shows power wiring details for multiple controllers.
NOTE: Controller configurations are not necessarily lim-ited to three devices, but the total power draw, including accessories, cannot exceed 100 VA when powered by the same transformer (U.S. only).
Fig. 11. Power wiring details for two or more controllers per transformer.
CommunicationsEach controller uses a BACnet MS/TP communications port. The controller’s data is presented to other controllers over a twisted-pair MS/TP network, which uses the EIA-485 signaling standard capable of the following baud rates: 9.6, 19.2, 38.4,
76.8 or 115.2 Kilobits per second (configured at global controller). The Spyder BACnet controllers are master devices on the MS/TP network. Each Spyder BACnet controller uses a high-quality EIA-485 transceiver and exerts 1/4 unit load on the MS/TP network.
M29684A
TRANSFORMER
OUTPUTDEVICEPOWER
ΔP
12345678 109 2345678 0911 1111111 21
12345678 0922 2222222 33
12345678 0933 33 33 33 4
EARTHGROUND
1LINE VOLTAGEGREATERTHAN 150 VAC
WHEN CONNECTIONG POWER TO THE SPYDER BACnet CONTROLLER, CONNECT THE COM LEG OF THE VAC SECONDARY CIRCUIT TO A KNOWN EARTH GROUND.
1
COM
24 VAC
CONNECT POWER TO TERMINALS 1 AND 2
M29685A
120/240VAC
TRANSFORMEROUTPUTDEVICEPOWER
ΔP
12345678 109 2345678 0911 1111111 21
12345678 0922 2222222 33
12345678 0933 33 33 33 4
COM
24 VAC
ΔP
12345678 109 2345678 0911 1111111 21
12345678 0922 2222222 33
12345678 0933 33 33 33 4 ΔP
12345678 109 2345678 0911 1111111 21
12345678 0922 2222222 33
12345678 0933 33 33 33 4
CONNECT POWER TO TERMINALS 1 AND 2
EARTHGROUND
SPYDER® BACNET® PROGRAMMABLE CONTROLLERS
7 62-0310—05
Cabling should be selected that meets or exceeds the BACnet Standard which specifies the following: An MS/TP EIA-485 network shall use shielded, twisted-pair cable with characteristic impedance between 100 and 130 ohms. Distributed capacitance between conductors shall be less than 100 pF per meter (30 pF per foot). Distributed capacitance between conductors and shield shall be less that 200 pF per meter (60 pF per foot). Foil or braided shields are acceptable. The Honeywell tested and recommended MS/TP cable is Honeywell Cable 3322 (18 AWG, 1-Pair, Shielded, Plenum cable), alternatively Honeywell Cable 3251 (22 AWG, 1-Pair, Shielded, Plenum cable) is available and meets the BACnet Standard requirements (www.honeywellcable.com).
The maximum BACnet MS/TP network Bus segment length is 4,000 ft. (1,071 m) using recommended wire. Repeaters must be used when making runs longer than 4,000 ft. (1,071 m). A maximum of three repeaters can be used between any two devices.
Setting the MS/TP MAC addressThe MS/TP MAC address for each device must be set to a unique value in the range of 0-127 on an MS/TP network segment (address 0, 1, 2, & 3 should be avoided as they are commonly used for the router, diagnostic tools, and as spare addresses). DIP switches on the Spyder BACnet controller are used to set the controller's MAC address.
To set the MS/TP MAC address of a Spyder BACnet controller:
1. Find an unused MAC address on the MS/TP network to which the Spyder BACnet controller connects.
2. Locate the DIP switch bank on the Spyder BACnet for addressing. This is labeled MAC Address
3. With the Spyder BACnet Controller powered down, set the DIP switches for the MAC Address you want. Add the value of DIP switches set to ON to determine the MAC address. See Table 2. Example, if only DIP switches 1, 3, 5, and 7 are enabled the MAC address would be 85 (1 + 4 + 16 + 64 = 85).
Setting the Device Instance NumberThe Device Instance Number must be unique across the entire BACnet system network because it is used to uniquely identify the BACnet devices. It may be used to conveniently identify the BACnet device from other devices during
installation. The Spyder BACnet Controllers Device Instance Number is automatically set when it is added to a WEBStation-AX project. The Device Instance Number can be changed by the user, which may be necessary when integrating with a third party or when attempting to replace an existing controller and it is desired to maintain the existing Device Instance Number.
To edit the Device Instance Number using WEBs AX:1. Identify an unused Device Instance Number on the
BACnet Network, in the range of 0 - 4194302.2. Open the Spyder Bacnet Device Mgr View
a. Double click on the BacnetNetwork located in the Nav tree.
b. Select the Spyder Controller to be modified.c. Click on the Edit button.d. Enter an unused value in the Device Id field.e. Select OK
3. Right Click on the Spyder Controller and select Actions > Write Device Instance to complete the update
Termination ResistorsMatched terminating resistors are required at each end of a segment bus wired across (+) and (-). Use matched precision resistors rated 1/4W ±1% / 80 - 130 Ohms. Ideally, the value of the terminating resistors should match the rated characteristic impedance of the installed cable. For example, if the installed MS/TP cable has a a listed characteristic impedance of 120 Ohm, install 120 Ohm matched precision resistors.
Shield TerminatingFollowing proper MS/TP cabling shield grounding procedures is important to minimize the risk of communication problems and equipment damage caused by capacitive coupling. Capacitive coupling is caused by placing MS/TP cabling close to lines carrying higher voltage. The shield should be grounded on only one end of the MS/TP segment (typically the router end). Tie the shield through using the SHLD (terminal 4) on the Spyder BACnet Controller.
Sylk™ BusSylk is a two wire, polarity insensitive bus that provides both 18 VDC power and communications between a Sylk-enabled sensor and a Sylk-enabled controller. Using Sylk-enabled sensors saves I/O on the controller and is faster and cheaper to install since only two wires are needed and the bus is polarity insensitive. Sylk sensors are configured using the latest release of the Spyder Tool for WEBPro and WEBStation.
Table 2. DIP Switch Values For MS/TP MAC Address.
DIP 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
VALUE 64 32 16 8 4 2 1
SPYDER® BACNET® PROGRAMMABLE CONTROLLERS
62-0310—05 8
Fig. 12. Termination modules.
Wiring Method
WARNINGElectrical Shock Hazard.Can cause severe injury, death or property damage.Disconnect power supply before beginning wiring, or making wiring connections, to prevent electrical shock or equipment damage.
NOTE: When attaching two or more wires to the same terminal, other than 14 AWG (2.0 sq mm), be sure to twist them together. Deviation from this rule can result in improper electrical contact (see Fig. 13).
Each terminal can accommodate the following gauges of wire:— Single wire: from 22 AWG to 14 AWG solid or stranded— Multiple wires: up to two 18 AWG stranded, with 1/4 watt
wire-wound resistor
Prepare wiring for the terminal blocks, as follows:1. Strip 1/2 in. (13 mm) insulation from the conductor.2. Cut a single wire to 3/16 in. (5 mm). Insert the wire in
the required terminal location and tighten the screw.3. If two or more wires are being inserted into one terminal
location, twist the wires together a minimum of three turns before inserting them (see Fig. 13).
4. Cut the twisted end of the wires to 3/16 in. (5 mm) before inserting them into the terminal and tightening the screw.
5. Pull on each wire in all terminals to check for good mechanical connection.
Fig. 13. Attaching two or more wires at terminal blocks.
Controller Replacement (PVB0000AS, PVB4022AS, and PVB6436AS)For PVB0000AS, PVB4022AS, and PVB6436AS controllers, which are hard-wired to an actuator, perform the following actions to replace the complete assembly (controller and actuator):
1. Remove all power from the controller.2. Remove the two air flow pickup connections from the
pressure sensor.3. Remove the terminal blocks.4. Remove the old controller and actuator assembly from
its mounting.• Loosen the two bolts on the actuator clamp to
release the actuator from the shaft.• Remove the controller’s mounting screws.• Gently pull the controller and actuator assembly
straight out, until the assembly is clear of the actuator shaft.
AO-1
COM
AO-2
AO-3
COM
UI-1
COM
UI-2
UI-3
COM
UI-4
UI-5
COM
UI-6
DI-1
DI-2
COM
DI-3
20V
DCDI
-4
BAC
–BA
C +
SHLD
EGND
24 V
AC24
VAC
COM
DO-1
COM
DO-2
DO-3
DO-4
DO-5
COM
DO-6
COM
M29331A
ADD APPROPRIATE TERMINATIONRESISTOR BETWEEN THE BAC+ AND THE BAC– TERMINALS.
BACnet MS/TP–
BAC+SHLD
BAC–NOTE: ALL BACnet MS/TP CONNECTIONS ARE MADE TO:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 109 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0911 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 21
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0922 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 33
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0933 33 33 33 4
AO-1
COM
AO-2
AO-3
COM
UI-1
COM
UI-2
UI-3
COM
UI-4
UI-5
COM
UI-6
DI-1
DI-2
COM
DI-3
20V
DCDI
-4
BAC
–BA
C +
SHLD
EGND
24 V
AC24
VAC
COM
DO-1
COM
DO-2
DO-3
DO-4
DO-5
COM
DO-6
COM
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 109 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0911 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 21
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0922 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 33
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0933 33 33 33 4
AO-1
COM
AO-2
AO-3
COM
UI-1
COM
UI-2
UI-3
COM
UI-4
UI-5
COM
UI-6
DI-1
DI-2
COM
DI-3
20V
DCDI
-4
BAC
–BA
C +
SHLD
EGND
24 V
AC24
VAC
COM
DO-1
COM
DO-2
DO-3
DO-4
DO-5
COM
DO-6
COM
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 109 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0911 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 21
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0922 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 33
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0933 33 33 33 4
DO-7
DO-8
COM
DO-7
DO-8
COM
SBUS
1SB
US2
SBUS
1SB
US2
SBUS
1SB
US2
BACnet MS/TP+SHIELD
BACnet MS/TP–BACnet MS/TP+SHIELD
1/2(13)
STRIP 1/2 IN. (13 MM)
FROM WIRES TO
BE ATTACHED AT
ONE TERMINAL.
1.
2. TWIST WIRES
TOGETHER WITH
PLIERS (A MINIMUM
OF THREE TURNS).
3.CUT TWISTED END OF WIRES TO 3/16 IN. (5 MM)
BEFORE INSERTING INTO TERMINAL AND
TIGHTENING SCREW. THEN PULL ON EACH
WIRE IN ALL TERMINALS TO CHECK FOR
GOOD MECHANICAL CONNECTION. M17207
SPYDER® BACNET® PROGRAMMABLE CONTROLLERS
9 62-0310—05
5. Mount the new controller and actuator assembly (See “Installation” on page 2.).
6. Reconnect the two air flow pickup tubes to the pressure sensor (See “Piping (PVB0000AS, PVB4022AS, PVB4024NS, PVB6436AS, and PVB6438NS)” on page 4).
7. Replace the terminal blocks:• Insert each terminal block onto its alignment pins.• Press straight down to firmly seat it.• Repeat for each terminal block.
8. Restore power to the controller.
Controller Replacement (PVB4024NS and PVB6438NS)Perform the following to replace the PVB4024NS and PVB6438NS controllers:
1. Remove all power from the controller.2. Remove the two air flow pickup connections from the
pressure sensor.3. Remove the terminal blocks.4. Remove the old controller from its mounting.
IMPORTANT (FOR CONTROLLERS MOUNTED TO A DIN RAIL):
1. Push straight up from the bottom to release the top pins.
2. Rotate the top of the controller outwards to release the bottom flex connectors (see Fig. 8 on page 5).
5. Mount the new controller. • See “Installation” on page 2.
6. Reconnect the two air flow pickup tubes to the pressure sensor (See “Piping (PVB0000AS, PVB4022AS, PVB4024NS, PVB6436AS, and PVB6438NS)” on page 4).
7. Replace the terminal blocks:• Insert each terminal block onto its alignment pins.• Press straight down to firmly seat it. • Repeat for each terminal block.
8. Restore power to the controller.
Controller Replacement (PUB1012S, PUB4024S, and PUB6438S)Perform the following to replace the PUB1012S, PUB4024S, and PUB6438S controllers:
1. Remove all power from the controller.2. Remove the terminal blocks.3. Remove the old controller from its mounting.
IMPORTANT (FOR CONTROLLERS MOUNTED TO A DIN RAIL):
1. Push straight up from the bottom to release the top pins.
2. Rotate the top of the controller outwards to release the bottom flex connectors (see Fig. 8 on page 5).
4. Mount the new controller (See “Installation” on page 2.).5. Replace the terminal blocks:
• Insert each terminal block onto its alignment pins.• Press straight down to firmly seat it. • Repeat for each terminal block.
6. Restore power to the controller.
SPYDER® BACNET® PROGRAMMABLE CONTROLLERS
Automation and Control SolutionsHoneywell International Inc.
1985 Douglas Drive North
Golden Valley, MN 55422
customer.honeywell.com
® U.S. Registered Trademark© 2014 Honeywell International Inc.62-0310—05 M.S. Rev. 01-14 Printed in United States
By using this Honeywell literature, you agree that Honeywell will have no liability for any damages arising out of your use or modification to, the literature. You will defend and indemnify Honeywell, its affiliates and subsidiaries, from and against any liability, cost, or damages, including attorneys’ fees, arising out of, or resulting from, any modification to the literature by you.
WALL MODULE THERMOSTAT FOR VAV
SPECIFICATION DATA
63-1389-04
Zio® Lite Wall ModulesTR40 AND TR42 MODELS WITH SYLK™
PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONThe TR40 and TR42 are 2-wire, non-polarity sensitive, Sylk communicating wall modules, which communicate with all Spyder® programmable controllers and ComfortPoint™ Open controllers that are enabled with Sylk. Not compatible with Stryker® controllers.
The TR40 and TR42 are simple temperature wall modules with basic setpoint, override, and fan options, and are designed for a broad range of applications. Models are available that include humidity and CO2 sensing.
NOTE: Refer to the forms listed below for more details.— 62-0467 Installation Instructions— 63-2741 Operating Guide— 38-00003 Engineering Guide Spec
FEATURESThe TR40 and TR42 wall modules include:• Two wire, polarity insensitive Sylk provides both power
and communication to the device.
• Models available with display (TR42) or without display (TR40).
• Models available with or without built in humidity or CO2 sensors.
All TR42 display wall modules include:• Override option
• Ability for tenant to change between °F and °C
• Ability to provide tenant either a relative "warmer-cooler" setpoint adjustment or absolute temperature setpoint adjustment
• Fan speed options: Auto-On, Auto-Off-On, Auto-Off-Low-Med-High (Not available on ComfortPoint Open VAV applications)
• For Spyder/Niagara users, an installer mode with optional password protection that allows:
• Switching between °F and °C
• Temperature calibration
• Humidity calibration
• Numerical or Graphical setpoint adjustment
• Adjustment of the Setpoint Range Limits
• Adjustment of override time (Choose Network Time or 1-24 hours)
• Choosing the sensor or setpoint value to be shown in the Home Screen, or choose to scroll through sensor and setpoint values
• Choosing between English and International icon display
• For ComfortPoint Open users, installer mode is removed from configurations. All configuration is via studio tool
ZIO® LITE WALL MODULES
Automation and Control SolutionsHoneywell International Inc.
1985 Douglas Drive North
Golden Valley, MN 55422
customer.honeywell.com
® U.S. Registered Trademark© 2015 Honeywell International Inc.63-1389—04 M.S. Rev. 12-15Printed in United States
By using this Honeywell literature, you agree that Honeywell will have no liability for any damages arising out of your use or modification to, the literature. You will defend and indemnify Honeywell, its affiliates and subsidiaries, from and against any liability, cost, or damages, including attorneys’ fees, arising out of, or resulting from, any modification to the literature by you.
SPECIFICATIONSModels: See Table 1 for a list of models with description.
Environmental Ratings:• Operating Temperature:
• Operating Range: 32 to 125 °F (0 to 52 °C)• Setpoint Limit: 50 to 149 °F (10 to 65 °C) (Spyder/
Niagara users only)• Shipping Temperature: -40 to 150 °F (-40 to 65.5 °C)• Relative Humidity: 5% to 95% non-condensing
Accessories:50007298-001 (pack of 12) medium, cover plate;
6-7/8 x 5 in. (175 x 127 mm).
Approvals: CE; UL94-V0 plastic enclosure; FCC Part 15, Class B
Accuracy: • Temperature: ± 0.2 °C at 25 °C (± 0.36 ºF at 77 ºF)• Humidity: ±3% RH from 20-80%RH• CO2: ±(30ppm +3% of measured value).
• Calibrated at the factory.• Uses automatic background calibration. No
calibration required for the life of the product.• Meets CEC Title 24 requirement of ±75ppm
accuracy at 600ppm and 1000ppm ambient levels.• For proper CO2 operation, install only in spaces that
see at least 4 hours of continuous unoccupied time per week.
Table 1. Part Descriptions.
CommunicationsThe wall modules use the two wire polarity insensitive Sylk for communication with the programmable controller.
CompatibilityFor Spyder/Niagara users, the TR40/42 models work with Spyders manufactured after date code 1220, and work with any Spyder Micro BACnet. Be sure to use an updated Spyder tool to get the TR40/42 functional support.
Also compatible with the ComfortPoint™ Open CPO-VAV2A direct coupled, VAV box controller-actuator.
Setting the Wall Module Address DialEvery Sylk device wired to a single controller must have a unique address. The address on the wall module must match the address in the control logic.
Sylk Device CapacityFor ComfortPoint Open controllers, a maximum of three (3) TR40/42s can be supported by a single controller.
For Spyder controllers, to determine the maximum number of Sylk devices, including Zio Lites, please refer to the Sylk Device Capacity Calculation Tool on the Buildings Forum. Sylk Capacity can also be determined, and should always be verified, using the Resouce Usage view in the Spyder Tool itself. Total Sylk proxy file memory, total Sylk power consumption, and total Sylk bandwidth must all fall below maximum limits.
Part Description Sensors Communication Interface
TR40 Wall Module, Temp only, Sylk Temperature Sylk None
TR40-H Wall Module, Temp and Humidity, Sylk Temp, Humidity Sylk None
TR40-CO2 Wall Module, Temp and CO2, Sylk Temp, CO2 Sylk None
TR40-H-CO2 Wall Module, Temp, Humdity, CO2, Sylk Temp, Hum, CO2 Sylk None
TR42 LCD Wall Module, Temp only, Sylk Temperature Sylk Configurable: Temp Setpoint Adjust, Override, Fan (if FCU app)
TR42-H LCD Wall Module, Temp and Humidity, Sylk Temp, Humidity Sylk Configurable: Temp Setpoint Adjust, Override, Fan (if FCU app)
TR42-CO2 LCD Wall Module, Temp and CO2, Sylk Temp, CO2 Sylk Configurable: Temp Setpoint Adjust, Override, Fan (if FCU app)
TR42-H-CO2 LCD Wall Module, Temp, Humidity, CO2, Sylk Temp, Hum, CO2 Sylk Configurable: Temp Setpoint Adjust, Override, Fan (if FCU app)
TOUCH SCREEN
CLMMI00N31 - Touchscreen MMI Product Data
Copyright © 2014 Honeywell GmbH All Rights Reserved EN0Z-0929GE51 R0714
GENERAL The CLMMI00N31 Touchscreen MMI is an easy-to-use and robust operator unit for the entire range of plant controllers. The touch-panel operation screens allow for easy and self-explanatory operation by finger-tip or by touch-pen (supplied). User-configurable fast-access lists can contain selected data-points, time programs, and parameters, thus permitting plant-oriented and customer-oriented operation.
Features
Operation of all CentraLine plant controllers: The CLMMI00N31 operates controllers belonging to the CentraLine family (PANTHER, TIGER, LION, FALCON and EAGLE).
Controller self-detection: The CLMMI00N31 automatically recognizes the connected CentraLine controller and automatically starts the correct form of communication.
Local languages: The CLMMI00N31 comes with operation menus in the following languages: Dutch, English, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian, Spanish, and Swedish. Other local language menus can be provided, upon request, and can be loaded via the USB interface.
Uniform operation screens: Regardless of the type of controller family, the screens all have a similar look and feel.
Password protection: The CLMMI00N31 uses the existing password mechanisms of the controllers it is connected to: Three (3) password levels for PANTHER, TIGER, LION; Six (6) password levels for FALCON and EAGLE.
Upgrade of installed systems: The CLMMI00N31 can be used to easily upgrade existing controllers to touch-screen operation, because it can simply replace existing CLMMI00N21/22 operator interfaces.
Bus-wide operation: Once connected to a controller, the CLMMI00N31 allows bus-wide access to other controllers on the same bus.
Maintenance free: The CLMMI00N31 is a solid-state product, without moving components like fan or hard-drive.
24 Vac and 24 Vdc operating voltage
Network security: Due to its embedded Windows CE operating system – which is loaded upon every powering-up – the CLMMI00N31 is not prone to typical network security issues like viruses, Trojans, etc.
CLMMI00N31 - TOUCHSCREEN MMI – PRODUCT DATA
EN0Z-0929GE51 R0714 2
Specifications
Communication Protocols The CLMMI00N31 provides an auto-detection mechanism which recognizes the type of CentraLine controller to which it is connected. Based on the type of controller detected, it will automatically start the corresponding communication protocol. HTTP HTTP is used for communication with FALCON and EAGLE. FTP FTP is available in Windows® CE. The user must enable it. XCNAP Honeywell proprietary protocol, used for communication with CentraLine family controllers.
Hardware Interfaces Ethernet (used for Excel Web operation) 10/100 MBit/s, RJ45 female RS232C (used for CentraLine family operation) 9-Pin sub-D, male, 115 KBit/s USB (for memory stick) two ports, USB Host 2.0, full-speed (max. 12 MBit/s)
23 121 3 4 5
6 7 8 9
POWER
RS232C
USB ETHERNET
Fig. 1. CLMMI00N31 hardware interfaces
Electrical Data This is a Class-II device. The device can be operated with a.c. or d.c., as desired. The device's power plug connector is a 3-pole Phoenix MINI-COMBICON MC 1,5/3-GF-3,5 THT plug connector (included in shipment). The device requires a dedicated power supply. Operating Voltage 24 Vac ± 10% (SELV as per DIN EN 61131), 50/60 Hz 24 Vdc ± 20% (SELV as per DIN EN 61131), max. 10%
ripple Current and Power Consumption 0.4 A (typical), 0.6 A (max.) at 24 Vac 0.4 A (typical), 0.6 A (max.) at 24 Vdc connected power value: 9.6 W
Earth Fault Monitoring If the operating voltage exceeds 27 Vac, a controlled leakage current to earth ground will protect the device against elec-trical damage. In this situation, if earth fault monitors have been installed, these will give alarm. If voltage peaks of more than 24 Vac + 10% (= 26.4 Vac) cannot be reliably excluded, we recommended using a rail-mounted Switch-Mode Power Supply (SMPS) instead of a conventional transformer, as the SMPS guarantees very tightly controlled secondary voltages at a price at or below that of conventional transformers.
Mechanical Data Housing Dimensions Panel cut-out:
160 mm (6.299”) horizontal x 118 mm (4.646”) vertical Display frame:
168 mm (6.614”) horizontal x 126 mm (4.961”) vertical x 5 mm (0.197”) thickness
Construction depth: 40 mm (1.575”)
Housing Material Display frame made of anodized aluminum Housing made of sheet metal, zinc-coated
Weight 0.9 kg (2 lbs.) (excl. unit packaging) Mounting Panel door mounting Calculated Lifetime of Weakest Components MTBF 5 years (battery)
Display Color TFT graphic display, 64,000 colors 5.7”, 86.4 mm x 115.2 mm display area 320 x 240 pixels analog resistive touch-panel, 4-wire backlight, > 45,000 hrs lifetime (i.e. after 45,000 hrs of
active backlight use, intensity will have dropped to 50%) Configurable auto-switch-off for the backlight
CPU Processor ARM 9, 200 MHz Operating System Windows CE 5.0 Professional Memory 128 MB SDRAM 512 kB S-RAM 64 MB Flash Memory, > 100,000 write cycles Real-Time Clock Accuracy: ± 120 ppm 5 years buffered by lithium battery
CLMMI00N31 - TOUCHSCREEN MMI – PRODUCT DATA
EN0Z-0929GE51 R0714 3
Environmental Temperature Storage: -25 … +70°C (-13 … +158°F) Operation: 0 … +50 °C (+32 … +122 °F) Ambient Humidity (operation and storage) 10 to 95% relative humidity, non-condensing
Protection Class IP65 (front), IP20 (back)
Certifications CE RoHS-compliant
Warranty Please refer to Honeywell terms and conditions.
Local Language Support Operation Menus The CLMMI00N31 comes with operation menus in the
following languages: English, German, French, Spanish, Italian, Swedish, Japanese, and Dutch. Other local language menus can be provided, upon request.
Application Specific Information WIN CE 5.0 supports the languages listed below. Thus,
application-specific information (data-point and descriptor names, alarm texts, time program, names, etc.) are supported in the following language character sets: Bulgarian Croatian Czech Danish Dutch English (U.S.) Finnish French German Hungarian Italian Japanese Norwegian Polish Portuguese (Brazil) Portuguese (Portugal) Romanian Russian Serbian (Cyrillic) Serbian (Latin) Slovak Slovenian Spanish Swedish
Password Protection The CLMMI00N31 uses the existing password
mechanisms of the controllers it is connected to: Three (3) password levels for PANTHER, TIGER, and
LION Six (6) password levels for FALCON and EAGLE.
MODELS / ORDER NUMBERS The following parts are included in the delivery of the CLMMI00N31: the CLMMI00N31 Touchscreen MMI Operating pen Pen holder Panel door mounting kit (4 clamps with fastening bolts) Mounting Instructions (MU1Z-0929GE51) 3 m Ethernet Cross-Over cable (allows direct connection
to FALCON and EAGLE)
CLMMI00N31
24 VDC, 0,4 A, IP65
Installation Instructions, see MU1Z-0929GE51
00-07-92-00-1B-9F
200708270087
07 35
Honeywell GmbHD-71101 SchoenaichMade in Germany
http://europe.hbc.honeywell.com
ORDER NO.
MAC ADDRESS
SERIAL NO.
INSTALLATIONINSTRUCTIONS
VOLTAGE, CURRENT,PROTECTION STANDARD
Fig. 2. Manufacturer's plate
Spare Parts (can be ordered separately) Operating pen with pen holder, power wiring terminal,
panel door mounting kit, Ethernet cross-over cable, Installation Instructions (CentraLine order no.: CLMMI00N31-ACC)
CLMMI00N31 - TOUCHSCREEN MMI – PRODUCT DATA
Manufactured for and on behalf of the Environmental and Combustion Controls Division of Honeywell Technologies Sàrl, Rolle, Z.A. La Pièce 16, Switzerland by its Authorized Representative:
CentraLine Honeywell GmbH Böblinger Strasse 17 71101 Schönaich, Germany Phone +49 (0) 7031 637 845 Fax +49 (0) 7031 637 740 [email protected] www.centraline.com
Subject to change without notice EN0Z-0929GE51 R0714
DIMENSIONS
168
158
5
15.2
23 1
21 3 4 5
6 7 8 9
44.7
126
39.7
118
5.7” 90
78.6
37
Fig. 3. CLMMI00N31 Touchscreen MMI, dimensions (in mm)
DUCT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
® U.S. Registered Trademark EN0B-0361GE51 R0610 Copyright © 2010 Honeywell Inc. • All rights reserved
T7411A / LF20 / LF10 / C7068 DUCT TEMPERATURE SENSORS
PRODUCT DATA
GENERAL The T7411A/LF20/LF20-C/LF10/C7068 Duct Temperature Sensors are used in ventilating and air conditioning systems to measure discharge, return, or outside air temperature. They are designed for duct mounting. The T7411A is available with two different probe lengths. These sensors are used in the following control systems: Excel 5000 MicroniK 200 MicroniK 100 Excel Classic Excel Plus High Performance Excel Plus Excel EMC or other systems using PT100, PT1000, or NTC 20k temperature sensing elements. Further, the C7068 is also suitable for installation in fancoil units or at air outlets.
FEATURES PT100, PT1000, NTC20k or NTC10k temperature
sensing element
Wide sensing range
High accuracy
Stainless steel probe
SPECIFICATION Nominal value PT100 100 at 0 C PT1000 1000 at 0 C NTC20k 20 k at 25 C NTC10k 10 k at 25 C
Accuracy NTC 0.3 K at 25 °C PT100 / PT1000 IEC751 Class B 0.3 K +0.5% |t| (t in °C)
Sensitivity NTC non-linear PT100 0.385 / K PT1000 3.85 / K
Response time (at air velocity of 5 m/s [16.4 ft/s])
LF20, LF20-C, LF10 0.5 42 s
T7411 0.5 45 s
C7068 0.5 4 min (at 1 m/s [3.3 ft/s])
Electrical connection T7411A/LF20/LF10 terminals for 2 x 1.5 mm² cable LF20-C 5 m cable, 2-core, seawater-resistant, conduit M16x1,5 C7068 1.5-m cable, 2-core C7068-5m 5-m cable, 2-core
Ambient Limits Storage temperature -35...+70 °C (-31…+158 °F) Humidity (T7411, LF) 5…95% rh, non-condensing
Safety (terminal box) Protection standard See table on page 2 Flame retardant V1 as per UL94 Plastic (PC) Dimensions See Fig. 1 on page 2
T7411A
LF20 C7068 LF20-C
LF10
T7411A / LF20 / LF20-C / LF10 / C7068 DUCT TEMPERATURE SENSORS
EN0B-0361GE51 R0610 2
Models length in mm (inches)
OS number Protection standard
sensor type sensing range L1 T1
LF20 IP30 NTC20k -40...+80 °C 338 (13.30) 305 (12.00) LF20-C IP65 NTC20k -40...+80 °C 305 (12.00) -- LF10 IP54 NTC10k -40...+80 °C 338 (13.30) 305 (12.00) T7411A1001 IP54 PT1000 -40...+80 °C 185 (7.28) 152 (5.98) T7411A1019 IP54 PT1000 -40...+80 °C 338 (13.30) 305 (12.00) T7411A1043 IP54 PT100 -40...+80 °C 185 (7.28) 152 (5.98) C7068A1007 IP54 NTC20k 0...+70 °C cable length: 1.5 m C7068A1007-5m IP54 NTC20k 0...+70 °C cable length: 5 m C7068A1030 IP54 NTC10k 0...+70 °C cable length: 1.5 m
DIMENSIONS OF T7411A / LF20 / LF10
Fig. 1. Dimensions of T7411A / LF20 / LF10 and LF20-C in mm (inches)
50 (1.97) L1
L1
8
T1
max. 275 mm(10.8 in.)
33 (1.3)
65 (2.55)
case hole diameterallows Pg9 cable7 (0.28)
19.5(0.75)
19.5(0.75)
6 (0.23)
6 (0.23)
55 (2.17)
47 (1.85)
3 0
23 (0.91)
6
4
LF20-C
T7411A, LF20, LF10
T7411A / LF20 / LF20-C / C7068 DUCT TEMPERATURE SENSORS
EN0B-0361GE51 R0610 3
INSTALLATION
wiring run max. length sensor to controller 200 m (660 ft)
The temperature offset due to wire resistance per 10 m distance from sensor to controller, when using the T7411A (PT100 / PT1000) is stated in the following table:
type of wire PT1000 PT100 0.5 mm2 (AWG20) 0.18 C (0.324 F) 1.8 C (3.24 F)
1.0 mm2 (AWG17) 0.09 C (0.162 F) 0.9 C (1.62 F)
1.5 mm2 (AWG15) 0.06 C (0.108 F) 0.6 C (1.08 F) NOTE: Use shielded wiring in areas with high EMI.
Maintain a minimum distance of 15 cm (5.9’’) between sensor lines and 230 Vac power lines.
INSTALLATION OF C7068
Fig. 2. Installation of the C7068 in mm (inches)
Manufactured for and on behalf of the Environmental and Combustion Controls Division of Honeywell Technologies Sàrl, Rolle, Z.A. La Pièce 16, Switzerland by its Authorized Representative: Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell GmbH Böblinger Strasse 17 71101 Schönaich / Germany Phone: (49) 7031 63701 Fax: (49) 7031 637493 http://ecc.emea.honeywell.com Subject to change without notice. Printed in Germany EN0B-0361GE51 R0610
OUTSIDE TEMPERATURE HUMIDITY
SENSOR
SPECIFICATION DATA
63-4521-03
H7625, H7635, H7655 Series 2000 Humidity/Temperature Sensors
The H7625, H7635, and H7655 are highly accurate, stable humidity transducers designed for use with HVAC controllers such as the T7350 Thermostat, H775 Remote Humidity Controller, and W7760 Direct Digital Controllers. The Ceramic Technology humidity sensor is not affected by condensation and provides excellent long-term stability.
FEATURES• Ceramic Technology overcomes the limitations of
other resistance based humidity sensors that use water soluble polymer coatings.
• Ceramic Technology allows sensors to recover fully from condensation, fog, and high humidity.
• Highly accurate, repeatable, stable output with negligible hysteresis.
• Temperature compensated output
• Zero and span trimmers, and increment/decrement recalibration feature.
• All units have selectable 4-20mA, 0-10Vdc, or 0-5Vdc output.
• NIST traceable 2%, 3%, and 5% calibration, every sensor calibrated at 3 different points.
SPECIFICATIONSOperating RH Range: 0 to 95% RH non-condensing.
RH Measurement Range: 0-100% RH
Humidity Accuracy: ±2%, ±3% or ±5% from 20 to 95% RH.
1K Ohm Temperature Accuracy: ± (0.15 + 0.002t) C t = actual temperature in C
20K Ohm Temperature Accuracy: ±0.4°F at 77°F (±0.2°C at 25°C)
1K Ohm Temperature Output Range: Room: 32 to 122°F (0 to 50°C). Duct: -58 to 572°F (-50 to 300°C).
20K Ohm Temperature Output Range: Room: 40° to 110°F (4° to 43°C). Duct/Outdoor: -40° to 240°F (-40° to 116°C).
Hysteresis: Less than ±0.5% RH.
Supply Voltage: 4-20mA Output: 250 Ohm Load 15 – 40 VDC / 18 - 28 VAC 4-20mA Output: 500 Ohm Load 18 – 40 VDC / 18 - 28 VAC
(500 Ohm Load Max) 0-5 VDC Output: 12 - 40 VDC / 18 - 28 VAC (10K Load
Minimum) 0-10 VDC Output: 18 - 40 VDC / 18 – 28 VAC (10K Load
Minimum)
Maximum Supply Current: Current Mode: 24 mA. Voltage Mode: 8 mA.
Finish: Room Enclosure: ABS Plastic (UL94-VO rated). Duct Enclosure: ABS Plastic (UL94-5VA rated). Outdoor Enclosure: ASA Plastic (UL-94V0 rated).
Compensated Temperature Range: Full RH Range Room: 32 to 122°F (-0 to 50°C). Duct/Outdoor: -10 to 140°F (-23 to 60°C)
Humidity Response Time: 200 seconds.
Wall Mount
Duct Mount
Outdoor Mount
H7625, H7635, H7655 SERIES 2000 HUMIDITY/TEMPERATURE SENSORS
63-4521—03 2
Saturation Response Time: 10 minutes.
Sensitivity: 0.1%RH.
Interchangeability: Less than ±3% RH nominal.
Repeatability: 0.5% RH.
Long term drift: Less than 2% RH drift/5 years.
Table 1. Model Description
Fig. 1. Wall-mount sensor dimensions in in. (mm).
MODEL NUMBER REPLACES
RH ACCURACY MOUNTING
TEMPERATURE SENSOR OUTPUT SIGNAL USED WITH
H7625A2010 H7625A1008 2% ROOM 20K ohm at 77F, reference 206598"
Selectable 4-20mA, 0-10Vdc, or 0-5Vdc
T7350, H775, XL50, XL500, XFC, W7750B/C, W7753, W7760A/C, W7761"
H7635A2012 H7635A1006 3%
H7625B2006 H7625B1006 2% DUCT
H7635B2018 H7635B1004 3%
H7655B2014 H7655B1009 5%
H7635C2015 H7635C1002 3% OUTDOOR
H7626A2020 2% ROOM 1097 ohm at 77F T775
H7636A2022 3%
H7626B2024 2% DUCT
H7636B2026 3%
H7656B2029 5%
M31332
9/16 (14)
13/16 (31)
7/8 (22)4 3/16 (122)
2 3/8 (60)
2 3/8 (60)
1 1/2 (38)
3 (76)
STANDARDUTILITY
CONDUITBOX (2 X 4)MOUNTING
HOLES
7/8 (22)
H7625, H7635, H7655 SERIES 2000 HUMIDITY/TEMPERATURE SENSORS
3 63-4521—03
Fig. 2. Duct-mount sensor dimensions in in. (mm).
TYPICAL SPECIFICATION
Fig. 3. Outdoor-mount sensor dimensions in in. (mm).
3-15/16 (100)
2-1/4(57)
3/4(19)
7-1/8(182)
2-1/4(57)
1-1/16(27)
KNOCKOUTS (4)
3-3/4(95)
M22583A
3/4(19) Humidity transducer shall be accurate to ±2%, ±3%,
or ±5% RH (whichever is specified) across the rela-tive humidity range from 20-95%, NIST traceablecalibration.
Humidity transducers shall be calibrated at three dif-ferent points across the RH range.
Interchangeability of output between humidity trans-ducers shall be within ±3%.
Each humidity transducer shall have selectable4 to 20 mA, 0 to 10 Vdc, or 0 to 5 Vdc output.
Each humidity transducer shall have the option forfield calibration using zero and span potentiometers,and toggle switches to increment or decrement theRH value in steps of 0.5% RH.
Accuracy of the humidity transducers shall not beadversely affected by condensation.
3-3/4(95)
M22584
6-1/2(165)
3-15/16 (100)
2-1/4(57)
3/4(19)
4-11/16 (119)
KNOCKOUTS(3)
7/8(22)
1-3/8(36)
H7625, H7635, H7655 SERIES 2000 HUMIDITY/TEMPERATURE SENSORS
Automation and Control SolutionsHoneywell International Inc.
1985 Douglas Drive North
Golden Valley, MN 55422
customer.honeywell.com
® U.S. Registered Trademark© 2014 Honeywell International Inc.63-4521—03 M.S. Rev. 10-14Printed in United States
By using this Honeywell literature, you agree that Honeywell will have no liability for any damages arising out of your use or modification to, the literature. You will defend and indemnify Honeywell, its affiliates and subsidiaries, from and against any liability, cost, or damages, including attorneys’ fees, arising out of, or resulting from, any modification to the literature by you.
ROOM TEMPERATURE SENSOR
® U.S. Registered Trademark EN0C-0605GE51 R0907 Copyright © 2007 Honeywell Inc. • All rights reserved
T7412A,B,C,D,E ROOM TEMPERATURE SENSOR
PRODUCT DATA
Honeywell
25
3015
20
°C
Honeywell
+-
°C
Honeywell
GENERAL The T7412A,B,C,D,E Room Temperature Sensors are used for room temperature measurement and remote control-point adjustment (CPA) or remote setpoint adjustment (SPA) in heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems. Models are available with PT1000, PT100, NTC 20kΩ, or BALCO 500 sensing elements and with or without remote control or setpoint adjustment. They are suitable for the following control systems • Excel IRC • Excel Plus and High Performance Excel Plus • Excel EMC • Excel 5000 • Excel Classic • MicroniK 100 and MicroniK 200 or other systems using PT1000, PT100, NTC 20kΩ, or BALCO 500 sensing elements.
FEATURES • PT1000, PT100, NTC20kΩ, or BALCO 500
temperature sensing element • Sensing range 0...50 °C (32...122 °F) • High-precision sensor elements • Attractive housing • Occupied/unoccupied slide switch • Fan speed switch • Push-button for time extension or other purposes
and LED for status indication
SPECIFICATION Ambient limits Operating temperature 0...50 °C (32...122 °F) Transport and -25...+70 °C (-13...+158 °F) storage temperature Humidity 5...95%rh, non-condensing
Safety Protection class II as per EN60730-1 Protection standard IP30 as per EN60529 Flame retardant V0 as per UL94 housing
Housing Plastic (ABS) Dimensions 130 x 80 x 34 mm (H x W x D) (5.12 x 3.15 x 1.34”) Weight 100 g Mounting Wall, surface, or European outlet box
Connections Screw terminals for 2x1.5 mm2 conductors
Potentiometer/Switches CPA/SPA potentiometer see Fig. 1 on page 3 circuit Occupancy switch or Potential-free contact Occupancy extend push-button - occupied closed < 100Ω - unoccupied open > 40kΩ Fan speed switch Resistor Network - auto-OFF-I-II-III
T7412A,B,C,D,E ROOM TEMPERATURE SENSOR
EN0C-0605GE51 R0907 2
Temperature Sensor
Sensing element PT1000 PT100 BALCO 500 NTC 20kΩ
Characteristic see EN0B-0476GE51 for characteristic
Sensing range 0...50 °C (32...122 °C)
Response time τ0.5 ≈ 2.5 min
Resistance - PT1000 1000Ω @ 0 °C - PT100 100Ω @ 0 °C - BALCO 500 500Ω @ 23.3 °C - NTC 20kΩ 20kΩ @ 25 °C
Sensitivity - PT1000 ≈ 3.85Ω / K - PT100 ≈ 0.385Ω / K - BALCO 500 ≈ 2Ω / K - NTC 20kΩ non-linear characteristic
Accuracy - PT1000 / PT100 DIN IEC 751 Class B 0.3 K + 0.5% • t (t in °C) - BALCO 500 ±1Ω at 23.3 °C - NTC 20kΩ 0.3 K at 25 °C
Order Numbers OS-no. temp. sensing element*
T7412A1000 NTC 20kΩ
T7412A1018 PT1000
T7412A1026 BALCO 500
T7412A1059 PT100
T7412B1008 NTC 20kΩ + CPA
T7412B1016 PT1000 + CPA
T7412B1024 BALCO 500 + SPA 15...30 °C
T7412B1040 PT1000 + SPA 15...30 °C
T7412B1057 PT1000 + CPA
T7412C1006 NTC 20kΩ + CPA and occupied/unoccupied switch
T7412C1030 PT1000 + CPA and occupied/unoccupied switch
T7412D1004 NTC 20kΩ + CPA and Fan Speed Switch
T7412E1001 NTC 20kΩ + push-button + C-Bus Connector
T7412E1027 NTC 20kΩ + push-button + Indication LED
For potentiometer values and circuits, see Fig. 1. * Other temperature sensing elements or different housing colors are available, on request.
Models model no. / function
T7412A T7412B T7412C T7412D T7412E
temperature sensor
remote setpoint adjustment control-point adjustment occupancy extend
push-button
occupied/ unoccupied switch fan speed switch LED or PIT C-Bus
connector
Honeywell Honeywell
°C
30
2520
15
Honeywell
°C
+-
Honeywell
°C
+-
Honeywell
auto
°C
+-
0 12 3
Honeywell
T7412A,B,C,D,E ROOM TEMPERATURE SENSOR
EN0C-0605GE51 R0907 3
INSTALLATION • Mount these units at the inside wall of the room to be
heated or air conditioned, away from doors, windows, and heat sources.
• They should be located approx. 1.5 m above the floor and at minimum 50 cm away from the nearest wall.
• Do not mount in niches, book shelves, behind cabinets or curtains, or where it could be exposed to solar radiation.
• Seal the conduit opening to avoid false temperature measurement due to draft from the conduit.
NOTE: Use shielded wiring in areas with high EMI. Keep
15 cm (5.9’’) minimum distance between sensor lines and 230 Vac power lines.
wiring run maximum length
sensor to controller 200 m (660 ft)
The offset due to wire resistance per 10 m of distance from the sensor to the controller is stated in the following table:
temperature offset type of wire PT1000 PT100 BALCO 500
0.5 mm2 (AWG20)
0.18 °C (0.324 °F)
1.8 °C (3.24 °F)
0.3 °C (0.54 °F)
1.0 mm2 (AWG17)
0.09 °C (0.162 °F)
0.9 °C (1.62 °F)
0.15 °C (0.27 °F)
1.5 mm2 (AWG15)
0.06 °C (0.108 °F)
0.6 °C (1.08 °F)
0.1 °C (0.1 °F)
1
NTC20kohm
T7412A1000
2
1
BALCO500
T7412B1024
2
1
PT1000
T7412B1040
2
1
PT1000
T7412A1018
2
1
BALCO500
T7412A1026
2
1
PT100
T7412A1059
2
Connections for T7412A:
Connections for T7412B: Connections for T7412C:
Connections for T7412E:Connections for T7412D:
1
PT1000
T7412B1016
2
4
CPA100 ohm
953 ohm
5
4
SPA10k ohm
10k ohm15 °C
30 °C11k ohm
6
5
4
SPA10k ohm
10k ohm15 °C
30 °C11k ohm
6
5
T7412B1008 (NTC)T7412C1057 (PT1000)3
PT1000or
NTC20kohm
4
CPA100k ohm
6
T7412C1006 (NTC)T7412C1030 (PT1000)3
PT1000or
NTC20kohm
4
CPA100k ohm
6
5
*occupancy switch
*
T7412E1027
1
2LED
3
4
NTC20kohm
6
5
*occupancy extend push-button
*
T7412E10013
5
6
7
NTC20kohm
10
8
*occupancy extend push-button
*
AB C-bus
connector
T7412D10043
4
NTC20kohm
6
5
fan-speed switchauto-OFF-I-II-III
Fig. 1. Connections
T7412A,B,C,D,E ROOM TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Manufactured for and on behalf of the Environmental and Combustion Controls Division of Honeywell Technologies Sàrl, Ecublens, Route du Bois 37, Switzerland by its Authorized Representative: Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell GmbH Böblinger Straße 17 D-71101 Schönaich Phone: (49) 7031 63701 Fax: (49) 7031 637493 http://ecc.emea.honeywell.com Subject to change without notice. Printed in Germany EN0C-0605GE51 R0907
1 2 3 4 5 6
T7412A T7412B,C,D,E
1 2
Fig. 2. Connector positions
MOUNTING AND DIMENSIONS All dimensions in mm and (inches).
80 (3.15”)
130
(5.1
2”)
107
(4.2
1”)60
(2.3
6”)
30 (1
.18”
)
34 (1.34”)
20(0.79”)
11(0.43”)
60 (2.36”)
1 1
2
2
1, 2
Five mounting holes witha diameter of 4 mm (0.16”)for three (two) 3.5-mm(0.14”) screws mountedin positions 1 (preferred)or 2.
Fig. 3. Mounting and dimensions
AIR DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SWITCH
U.S Registered Trademark Copyright © 2015 Honeywell Inc. All Rights Reserved MU0B-0073GE51 R0415
Differential Pressure Switches DPS Series FOR AIR CONDITIONING / VENTILATION, USER-ADJUSTABLE
PRODUCT DATA AND INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Max. operating pressure 10 kPa Pressure media air, non-flammable gases, and non-aggressive gases Pressure connections two plastic tubes, outside diameter: 6.0 mm Switching capacity 1.5 A, (0.4) /250 Vac Electrical connections AMP connectors, 6.3 x 0.8, DIN 46244 or screw terminals Conduit entry M20x1.5 Protection class IP 54 Mounting lugs integrated in bottom housing (alternative: mounting angles) Medium/ambient temp. -20...+85 °C Storage temperature -40...+85 °C Membrane material silicone
APPLICATION Differential pressure switches e.g. for monitoring filter, fan, fire damper, or air flow status of air handling systems.
BENEFITS Switching-point easily adjustable with scale in Pascal; Direction of M20x1.5 conduit entry can be rotated in steps
of 120°; Only one screw needed for housing cover.
APPROVALS CE according to 2006/95/EC. Switch according to VDE 0630. EC Gas Appliance Directive 2009/142/EC according to
DIN EN 1854: 2010. ROHS 2011/65/EC.
(Eurasian Conformity)
CONTENTS OF DELIVERY The delivery includes (in the case of individual packages) the following parts: 1 DPS Differential Pressure Switch 1 Data Sheet with installation information 1 DPSA duct kit, consisting of:
- 2 m of silicone hosing - 2 joining pipes with four screws - 2 self-tapping screws for mounting the housing - 3 terminal screws for electrical installation
Bulk packages available, upon request.
OPERATING RANGES
type adjustment
range for upper trip pressure*
switching difference
(hysteresis)
tolerance at adjusted
switch-point
DPS 200 20...200 (Pa) 10 (Pa) ±20%
DPS 400 40...400 (Pa) 20 (Pa)
±15%
DPS 500 50...500 (Pa) 20 (Pa)
DPS 1000 200...1000 (Pa) 100 (Pa)
DPS 2500
500...2500 (Pa) 150 (Pa)
*The trip pressure refers to vertical mounting. In case of horizontal mounting (with the cover pointing upwards), the range values increase by 20 Pa.
DIMENSIONS See "Mounting/Einbau/Montage" on page 4.
ACCESSORIES / DELIVERY OPTION DPST: Set of three screw terminals DPSJ: Joining pipe (part of DPSA duct kit) DPS…B in bulk pack (45 pc. per box), without
accessories, but with 1 set of Mounting Instructions
U.S Eingetragenes Warenzeichen Alle Rechte vorbehalten Urheberrechtlich geschützt © 2015 Honeywell Inc. MU0B-0073GE51 R0415
Differenzdruckschalter DPS FÜR KLIMA- UND LÜFTUNGSANWENDUNGEN
PRODUKTINFORMATION UND MONTAGEANLEITUNG
TECHNISCHE DATEN Max. Betriebsdruck 10 kPa Druckmedien Luft, nichtbrennbare Gase sowie nichtaggressive Gase Druckanschlüsse zwei Kunststoffstutzen mit 6,0 mm Außendurchmesser Schaltleistung 1,5 A, (0,4) / 250 Vac Elektrische AMP-Flachstecker, 6.3 x 0.8, Anschlüsse DIN 46244 oder Schraubklemmen Kabeldurchführung M20x1.5 Schutzart IP 54 Befestigungsstutzen im Gehäuse integriert, alternativ Befestigungswinkel Umgebungs-/ -20...+85 °C Mediumstemperatur Lagertemperatur -40...+85 °C Membranmaterial Silikon
ANWENDUNGEN Differenzdruckschalter für Filter-, Ventilator- oder Luft-strömungsüberwachung bei Klima- und Lüftungsanlagen.
VORTEILE Leicht verstellbare Schaltpunkte, mit Skala in Pa; Ausrichtung der M20x1.5 Kabeldurchführung in Schritten
von 120° leicht verstellbar Gehäusedeckel benötigt nur eine Schraube.
ZULASSUNGEN CE-Zulassung gemäß 2006/95/EG. Schalter gebaut nach VDE 0630. EG-Gasgeräterichtlinie 2009/142/EG nach DIN EN 1854:
2010. ROHS 2011/65/EG.
(Eurasian Conformity)
LIEFERUMFANG Die Lieferung beinhaltet (bei Einzelverpackung) Folgendes:
1 DPS Differenzdruckschalter 1 Datenblatt mit Montagehinweisen 1 DPSA Zubehörkit, bestehend aus:
- 2 m Silikonschlauch - 2 Anschlußstutzen mit vier Befestigungsschrauben - 2 selbstschneidende Schrauben zur Befestigung des
Gehäuses - 3 Schraubklemmen für den elektrischen Anschluß
Mengenpackungen auf Anfrage erhältlich.
BETRIEBSBEREICHE
Type Einstellbereich
für oberen Schaltdruck*
Konstante Schalt-
differenz
Toleranz bei eingestellt. Schaltpunkt
DPS 200 20...200 (Pa) 10 (Pa) ±20%
DPS 400 40...400 (Pa) 20 (Pa)
±15%
DPS 500 50...500 (Pa) 20 (Pa)
DPS 1000
200...1000 (Pa) 100 (Pa)
DPS 2500 500...2500 (Pa) 150 (Pa)
*Die Schaltdruckangaben beziehen sich auf eine vertikale Einbaulage. Bei waagrechter Montage erhöhen sich die Werte um 20 Pa.
ABMESSUNGEN Siehe "Mounting/Einbau/Montage" auf Seite 4.
ZUBEHÖRTEILE / LIEFEROPTION DPST: Satz dreier Schraubklemmen DPSJ: Druckanschlußstutzen (gehört zum DPSA
Zubehörkit)
DPS…B in der Sammelverpackung (à 45 Stück), ohne Zubehör, jedoch mit 1 Stück Montageanleitung
Marque de commerce depose aux Etats-Unis Copyright © 2015 Honeywell Inc. Tous droits réservés MU0B-0073GE51 R0415
Pressostat différentiel DPS POUR LE CONDITIONNEMENT DE L’AIR ET LA VENTILATION
DONNEES SUR LE PRODUIT ET INSTRUCTIONS DE MONTAGE
SPECIFICATIONS TECHNIQUES Pression Max. 10 kPa
Média de pression Air, gas non-inflammables et gas non-aggressifs
Contacts de pression Deux tubes avec 6,0 mm de diamètre extérieur
Capacité commutateur 1.5 A, (0.4) / 250 Vac
Raccordement AMP, 6.3 x 0.8, DIN 46244 électriques ou connecteurs à vis
Entrée de cables M20x1.5
Classe de protection IP 54
Kit de fixation intégré dans le boîtier, Option: equerre de fixation
Température -20...+85 °C d‘environment
Température de stockage -40...+85 °C
Matériel de membrane Silicone
APPLICATION Pressostat différentiel e.g. pour la surveillance de filtres, ventilateurs ou clapet coupe feu dans des systèmes de traitement de l’air ou de conditionnement.
AVANTAGES Points de comm. facilement ajustable, avec échelle en Pa; Le conn. M20x1.5 est orientable dans un rayon de 120° Le couvercle du boîtier ne necessite qu’une seule vis de
fixation.
CERTIFICATION Certification CE selon 2006/95/EC. Commutateur construit selon VDE 0630. Norme Europeenne apparell gaz 2009/142/EC suivant DIN
EN 1854: 2010. ROHS 20/65/EC.
(Eurasian Conformity)
CONTENU DE L'EMBALLAGE L'emballage contient: 1 Pressostat différentiel DPS 1 notice technique avec instruction du montage 1 kit d‘accessoires DPSA contenant:
- 2 m de tuyaux en silicone - 2 supports de connection avec 4 vis - 2 vis auto-forantes pour la fixation du boîtier - 3 connecteurs à vis pour le raccordement électrique
Emballage par 25 pieces possible sur demande.
PLAGE D’UTILISATION
Type Plage de réglage
pour pression supérieure*
Plage fixe de comm.
Tolerance de point de comm.
DPS 200 20...200 (Pa) 10 (Pa) ±20%
DPS 400 40...400 (Pa) 20 (Pa)
±15% DPS 500 50...500 (Pa) 20 (Pa)
DPS 1000 200...1000 (Pa) 100 (Pa)
DPS 2500 500...2500 (Pa) 150 (Pa)
*Valeurs données pour un montage vertical. Pour montage horizontal augmenter les valeurs de 20 Pa.
DIMENSIONS Voir "Mounting/Einbau/Montage" page 4.
ACCESSOIRES / OPTIONS DE LIVRAISON Kit de trois cosses à vis DPST tuyau de connection DPSJ (fait partie du kit
d‘accessoires DPSA) DPS...B emballage groupé (45 pièces) sans accessoires,
mais fourni avec un mode d'emploi
DPS SERIES
Manufactured for and on behalf of the Environmental and Combustion Controls Division of Honeywell Technologies Sàrl, Rolle, Z.A. La Pièce 16, Switzerland by its Authorized Representative: Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell GmbH Böblinger Str. 17 71101 Schönaich Germany Tel.: (49) 7031-637-02 Fax: (49) 7031-637-850 http://europe.hbc.honeywell.com Änderungen vorbehalten. Gedruckt in Deutschland Modifications reserved. Printed in Germany Sous réserve de toutes modifications. Imprimé en Allemagne
MU0B-0073GE51 R0514
MOUNTING/EINBAU/MONTAGE
1 2
43
4 X
P
1
2
3
+-1
2
3+
16
6
40
1 -
4100
6
6.5
2516
80
18.5
3.4
60°
IP 54
8.5
4.5
P1 = higher pressure = höherer Druck = pression haute P2 = lower pressure = niedrigerer Druck = pression basse *Use two screws, only, for mounting lugs! *Zur Befestigung nur zwei Schrauben verwenden! * N'utiliser que deux vis pour le montage. ** Remove transport protection from P2! ** Transportkappe von P2 entfernen! ** Enlever le couvercle de transport de P2.
NOTE: Do not install upside down with trip pressures of less than 50 Pa!
HINWEIS: Bei einem Schaltdruck von weniger als 50 Pa darf das Gerät nicht über Kopf montiert werden!
NOTICE: Ne pas installer à l'envers si la pression de commutation!
LIQUID PRESSURE SENSOR
P7620A
Industrial Pressure Transmitters
FEATURES • Temperature compensated • Built-in Amplifier • High level current Output Signal • EMI/RFI protected • Compact construction • Shock and vibration resistance • Zero and span adjustments • False system shutdown prevention
GENERAL The P7610A industrial pressure transmitters are ideal for many general purpose industrial applications when considering the performance, reliability and cost. The output signal of the sensing bridge is in converted to be a standardized current signal through surface mount technology circuit board. This high level signal output with very low noise system is packaged in a rugged stainless steel housing to resist the harsh and extreme environment conditions. Each transmitter is inspected and calibrated to ensure it's 100% quality.
Models OS-No. Pressure Range(bar)
P7620A1004 0~6
P7620A1012 0~10
SPECIFICATION Performance characteristics:
Accuracy at 25 (linearity, hysteresis, repeatability): ≦±0.5% F.S
Stability at 25 ≦0.4% F.S./year
Thermal Effect: ≦±0.04% F.S./
Environment characteristics:
Media temperature range: -25… +85
Ambient temperature range : 0… +70
Storage temperature range : -25… +85
Compensated range: -40… +135 Weatherproof rating: IP 65
PRODUCT DATA
This product meets the requirements of CE
P7620A Flush Diaphragm Pressure Transmitters Transducers
HONEYWELL Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Taiwan Ltd. 10F, 168 Lien Cheng Road Chung Ho City, Taipei County, Taiwan Phone: +886-2-2245 1000 Fax: +886-2-2245 3241 Subject to change without notice. Printed in Taiwan
Physical characteristics:
Housing: 304 stainless steel
Fitting material: 304 stainless steel
Ceramic Sensor: Aluminum Oxide Al2O3(96%)
Seal Material: NBR
Pressure Fitting (Connection): G ½ ”
Electrical Connector: Terminal Box to DIN43650 A
Note: The wetted parts including fitting, sensor and sealing will be contacted with the media directly.
Electrical Data(Current):
Output Signal: 4-20mA(2 Wire)
Power Requirement: 10-32 VDC(Normal 24 VDC)
Load Resistance: ≦(supply voltage-10V)/(0.02A) Ohms
Applications Industrial OEM equipments Hydraulic monitoring systems Compressor controls Pneumatic systems Pump applications HVAC systems
Wiring
Dimension
LIQUID LEVEL SWITCH
Unit 21, Highview, High Street, Bordon, Hampshire. GU35 0AX.
Tel: +44 (0)1420 487788 Fax: +44 (0)1420 487799
Email: [email protected]
www.axio.co.uk
© Copyright Axio 2004. All Rights Reserved
AX-LS-FL-xx - Issue 1.3 - Date 18/10/2012
AX-LS-FL-xxLiquid Level Float Switches
Page 1 of 4
Product Overview
The AX-LS-FL-xx is a range of Liquid Level Float
switches designed for multi level applications with
access from the surface or where multi-level sensing is
required from a single penetration. The unit consists of
a float which is suspended from a weighted cable, as
the liquid levels change, the float follows the surface
level at the same time tilting due to its weighted
restraint, inside the float are a number of microswitches
which trigger as the float tips. Suitable for a wide range
of liquids.
• standard 5m cable length (10m option)
• Suitable for a wide range of liquids
Features
• Easy Installation
• Alarm, filling, emptying and combined variants
Product Specifications
Standard cable length: 5 metres ( Option 10M)Standard adjustment range: 250 to 1200mm (other ranges available at additional cost)Pressure rating: 200KpaSwitching Element: MicroswitchContact Ratings: 6A @6-250Vac (24V max for flammable liquids)Materials: Float Polypropylene
Cable PVC standard (option polyurethane, rubber or teflon at additional cost)2LHEN Oil Resistant TPU
Min fluid specific gravity: 0.7Bouyancy: 6 N (600g)Protection Class: IP67Ambient Temperature Range: 0 to + 55 deg C
Country of Origin: Finland
Order Codes:AX-LS-FL-1L Low level alarmAX-LS-FL-1H High level alarmAX-LS-FL-2L Filling pump controlAX-LS-FL-2H Emptying pump controlAX-LS-FL-2LH High & low level alarmAX-LS-FL-3L Filling pump control & low level alarm or dual filling pump controlAX-LS-FL-3H Emptying pump control & high level alarm or dual emptying pump controlAX-LS-FL-4L Filling pump control & high & low level alarmAX-LS-FL-4H Emptying pump control & high & low level alarmAX-LS-FL-4L5E Dual pump filling control & low level alarmAX-LS-FL-4H5E Dual pump emptying control & high level alarmAX-LS-FL-2LHEN High & low level alarm for oil tanks -10 10m Cable length
Unit 21, Highview, High Street, Bordon, Hampshire. GU35 0AX.
Tel: +44 (0)1420 487788 Fax: +44 (0)1420 487799
Email: [email protected]
www.axio.co.uk
© Copyright Axio 2004. All Rights Reserved
AX-LS-FL-xx - Issue 1.3 - Date 18/10/2012
AX-LS-FL-xxLiquid Level Float Switches
Page 2 of 4
Every effort has been taken in the production of this data sheet to ensure it’s accuracy. Axio can not, however, accept responsibility for any damage, expense, injury, loss or consequential lossresulting from any errors or omissions. Axio has a policy of continuous improvement and reserves the right to change this specification without notice.
InstallationThe Float level switches should only be installed by a competent technician who has been trained and is experienced inInstallation with hazardous voltages. ( >50Vac & < 1000Vac or >75Vdc & <1500Vdc).
1/ Ensure that all power is disconnected before carrying out any work on the float switches.
AX-LS-FL-1L and AX-LS-FL-1H
The above units are supplied with a two part mounting bracketso that the cable can be secured to to the top edge of the tank.The mounting consists of a plastic tube with a single hole fixingbracket with a tubular plastic insert which slips inside when youhave the correct position lock the cable in position. Hang thefloat so that the required switching point is 12.5cms below thedesired switching point. No weight is required. You may need tocarry out final adjustments under actual pumping conditions
AX-LS-FL-1L AX-LS-FL-1H
All the other Float Level Switches
The remainder of the range are supplied with a weight. Theswitching height differential is adjusted by moving theweight along the cable.The differential is on minimum, when the weight is nearestto the float.
Dimensions:
Unit 21, Highview, High Street, Bordon, Hampshire. GU35 0AX.
Tel: +44 (0)1420 487788 Fax: +44 (0)1420 487799
Email: [email protected]
www.axio.co.uk
© Copyright Axio 2004. All Rights Reserved
AX-LS-FL-xx - Issue 1.3 - Date 18/10/2012
AX-LS-FL-xxLiquid Level Float Switches
Page 3 of 4
AX-LS-FL-2L AX-LS-FL-2H
AX-LS-FL-2LH
AX-LS-FL-3L AX-LS-FL-3H
AX-LS-FL-4L AX-LS-FL-4H
AX-LS-FL-2LHEN
Unit 21, Highview, High Street, Bordon, Hampshire. GU35 0AX.
Tel: +44 (0)1420 487788 Fax: +44 (0)1420 487799
Email: [email protected]
www.axio.co.uk
© Copyright Axio 2004. All Rights Reserved
AX-LS-FL-xx - Issue 1.3 - Date 18/10/2012
AX-LS-FL-xxLiquid Level Float Switches
Page 4 of 4
Switching Height Differential in relationship to the weight of the float
Curve B shows the switching height dfferential in relationship to distance of the weight from the floatCurve C shows the equivalent differential between starting and alarm levelsFor Example: If the weight of model 3H is about 50cm from the bottom of the float (measure A) the start/stopdifferential is about 60cm and the start/alarm differential is about 25cm. The Differenntials presented here are validwhen standard PVC cable is used. Special cables may cause variations to these values.
CO2 SENSOR
Copyright © 2013 Honeywell Inc. • All Rights Reserved EN1B-0377GE51 R0213
AQS 71-KAM-T CO2 TEMPERATURE TRANSMITTER
PRODUCT DATA & INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
GENERAL The AQS 71-KAM-T CO2 Temperature Transmitter sets new standards in CO2 measurements in HVAC applications. The operation is based on the infrared principle. A patented calibration-free procedure compensates for aging of the infrared source and ensures outstanding long-term stability. The AQS 71-KAM-T provides 0…10 V analog output for CO2 and temperature and is designed for HVAC applications (for special applications, please contact Honeywell). It is suitable for direct wiring with universal and voltage-controlled inputs. NOTE: Avoid strong mechanical stress and improper
handling. The cable gland and housing cover must be screwed tightly against gas penetration, to avoid incorrect measurements.
FEATURES • Patented calibration-free technology • Outstanding long-term stability • Maintenance free • universal mounting flange SPECIFICATION Power supply 24 Vac, ±20% (SELV) 15…35 Vdc Current consumption typ. 12 mA output current Ambient Limits Operating temperature -20...+60 °C (-4...+140 °F) Transport and storage -20...+60 °C (-4...+140 °F) Humidity 0...95% rh, non-condensing Safety Protection class III as per EN 60730-1 Protection standard Housing IP65 as per EN60529 Probe IP20 Housing material Flame retardant V0 as per UL94 Housing plastic (PC) Dimensions see Fig. 1 on page 2 Mounting duct, M16x1,5 cable inlet CO2 Sensor Output signal 0…10 V Output current -1mA < IL < 1mA Output scaling 0…10 V = 0…2000 ppm CO2 Accuracy (CO2 at 0…2000 ppm < ± (50 ppm 25 °C [77 °F], 1013 mbar) +2% of m.v.) Long-term stability typ. 20ppm/year Temperature stability: typ. 2ppm CO2/K Response time τ63 < 250 sec at 3m/s Warm-up time < 5 min Temperature Output signal 0…10 V Output Current -1mA < IL < 1mA Output scaling 0…10 V = 0…50 °C Accuracy (at 20 °C [68 °F]) ± 0.3 K Response time τ63 < 120sec. at 3m/s
Table 1. Troubleshooting Error Possible cause Remedies
Unrealistic results Skewed installation Air inlet and probe tip must be perpendicular to air flow. Low air velocity Air velocity must be > 1 m/sec (200 ft/min). Housing not tight Seal cover and gland tightly.
Long response time Contamination of sensor or probe Check sensor and probe for soiling and clean, as necessary.
AQS 71-KAM-T CO2 TEMPERATURE TRANSMITTERS - PRODUCT DATA & INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
EN1B-0377GE51 R0213 2
WIRING
wiring run maximum length
sensor to controller 200 m (660 ft)
NOTE: Installation of the sensor near high EMI-emitting devices may lead to faulty measurements. Use shielded wiring in areas with high EMI. Keep 15 cm (5.9’’) min. distance between sensor lines and 230 Vac power lines. Use two transformers: one for sensors and actuators and one for the controller.
DIMENSIONS
Fig. 1. Housing dimensions (mm)
MOUNTING
SCREW WITH TORQUE OF 1.5 Nm FOR BREAK-THROUGH.RECOMMENDED TIGHTENING TORQUE: 3.5 Nm.
Fig. 2. Assembly of conduit / cable gland
Fig 3. Flange mounting on duct
AQS 71-KAM-T CO2 TEMPERATURE TRANSMITTERS - PRODUCT DATA & INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
Manufactured for and on behalf of the Environmental and Combustion Controls Division of Honeywell Technologies Sàrl, Rolle, Z.A. La Pièce 16, Switzerland by its Authorized Representative: Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell GmbH Böblinger Strasse 17 71101 Schönaich / Germany Phone: (49) 7031 637 - 01 Fax: (49) 7031 637 - 493 http://ecc.emea.honeywell.com Subject to change without notice. Printed in Germany EN1B-0377GE51 R0213
Fig. 4. Direct mounting on duct
WIRING
12345
V+GNDGND
TCO2V V
POWER SUPPLY
24 VAC +/-20% 15...35 VDC
+~-~
Fig. 5. Connection diagram
MODULATING DAMPER ACTUATOR
® U.S. Registered Trademark EN0B-0478GE51 R0413 Copyright © 2013 Honeywell Inc. • All rights reserved
N05010/N10010 NON-SPRING RETURN DIRECT-COUPLED DAMPER ACTUATORS FOR
MODULATING AND FLOATING / 2-POSITION CONTROL
PRODUCT DATA
GENERAL This non-spring return direct-coupled damper actuator provides modulating and floating/2-position control for: air dampers, VAV units, air handlers, ventilation flaps, louvers, and reliable control for air damper applications with up to 1 m2
/ (5 Nm) and 2 m2 (10 Nm) (seal-less damper blades; air friction-dependent).
FEATURES Declutch for manual adjustment Adjustable mechanical end limits Removable access cover for direct wiring Mountable in any orientation Function selection switch for selecting modulating or
floating/2-position control
SPECIFICATIONS Supply voltage 24 Vac/dc -15%/+20%, 50/60 Hz Nominal voltage 24 Vac/dc, 50/60 Hz
All values stated hereinafter apply to operation under nominal voltage conditions.
Power consumption N05010 5 VA / 2 W N10010 5 VA / 2 W Control signal Modulating 0...10 V Floating/2-Position 24 Vac/dc
Ambient limits Ambient operating limits -20...+60 C (-5...+140 °F) Ambient storage limits -30...+80 C (-22...+176 °F) Relative humidity 5...95%, non-condensing
Safety Protection standard IP54 Protection class II as per EN 60730-1 Overvoltage category II
Lifetime Full strokes 60000 Repositions 1.5 million
Mounting Round damper shaft 8...16 mm Square damper shaft 6...13 mm; 45° steps Shaft length min. 41 mm
End switches (when included) Rating 5 A (resistive), 3 A (inductive) Triggering points 5° / 85°
Torque rating 5 Nm / 10 Nm
Runtime for 90° mod. (dc / 50/60 Hz ac) 90 sec floating (dc / 60 Hz ac) 90 sec floating (50 Hz ac) 110 sec
Rotation stroke 95 3 Dimensions see "Dimensions" on page 6
Weight (without cables) 450 g
Noise rating 35 dB(A) max. at 1 m
N05010/N10010 DAMPER ACTUATORS FOR MODULATING AND FLOATING/2-POSITION CONTROL
EN0B-0478GE51 R0413 2
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION SYSTEM
N 0 5 0 -0 W 21 S
N = non-spring returnS = spring return
equipped with twoend switches
05 = 5 Nm10 = 10 Nm
SmartAct
010 = modulating + floating 24 = 24 V floating + ON/OFF230 = 230 V ON/OFF
+ ON/OFF
Fig. 1. Product Identification System
MODELS order no. supply voltage end switches torque
N05010
24 Vac/dc
-- 5 Nm
N05010-SW2 2 N10010 --
10 Nm N10010-SW2 2
BASIC FEATURES
2...10 V0...10 V
Dir
Rev10...0 V10...2 V
Service/Off
N05010
1
3
5
6
4
2
Fig. 2. Setting units and control elements
Legend for Fig. 2: 1) Universal shaft adapter 2) Mechanical end limits 3) Declutch button 4) Function selection switch 5) Removable access cover 6) Anti-rotation bracket
Contents of Package The delivery package includes the actuator, parts 1 through 6 (see Fig. 2), plus two cable grommets and a spare cable grommet.
RUN MODES The function selection switch (see Fig. 3) can be used to place the actuator into any one of three different modes: Service/Off; the floating/2-position run mode ("Dir" for CCW-closing
dampers or "Rev" for CW-closing dampers); and the modulating run mode.
2...10 V0...10 V
Dir
Rev10...0 V10...2 V
Service/Off
modulating
2...10 V0...10 V
Dir
Rev10...0 V10...2 V
Service/Off
floating/2-position
2...10 V0...10 V
Dir
Rev10...0 V10...2 V
Service/Off
Service/Off
Fig. 3. Function selection switch
Power-Off Behavior If power is removed, the shaft adapter remains in position.
Service/Off If the function selection switch is set to the "Service/Off" position, then all rotary movement is cancelled, and all control signals are ignored, thus allowing the actuator to be manually operated safely.
Floating/2-Position Run Mode To use the actuator in the floating or 2-position mode, the function selection switch must be set to either "Dir" or "Rev".
Without Feedback Signal As soon as operating power is applied, the shaft adapter will then run according to the control signals applied.
With Feedback Signal If terminal 1 is connected according to Fig. 12 and Fig. 13, a feedback signal will be provided at terminal 5. As soon as operating power is applied, the shaft adapter will then run first completely counterclockwise and then completely clockwise (see also section "Adaption"), after which it will run according to the control signals applied.
Modulating Run Mode To use the actuator in the modulating mode, the function selection switch must be set to one of the four modulating control settings. A feedback signal will be provided at terminal 5. As soon as operating power is applied, the shaft adapter will run first completely counterclockwise and then completely clockwise (see also section "Adaption"), after which it will run according to the control signals applied.
N05010/N10010 DAMPER ACTUATORS FOR MODULATING AND FLOATING/2-POSITION CONTROL
EN0B-0478GE51 R0413 3
0 0.24
0
50
100
5.0 10.09.76
upper dead band (9.76 to 10.0 V)
control signal (V)
final
po
sitio
n of
sha
ft a
dapt
er (
% o
f m
ax.
str
oke
)
range of proportionalactuator movement
(0.24 to 9.76 V)
lower dead band (0 to 0.24 V)
Fig. 4. Final shaft adapter position vs. control signal (ex.
function selection switch setting of 0...10 V)
0
0
50
100
5 10
feedback signal (V)
curr
ent
pos
ition
of s
haf
t ad
apte
r (%
of m
ax.
stro
ke)
Fig. 5. Feedback signal in vs. current position of shaft
adapter (ex. function selection switch setting of 0...10 V)
Adaption Adaption is a function in which the actuator re-maps its feed-back signal and control signal in accordance with repositioned mechanical end limits (see also Fig. 6) and thus recognizes their new positions.
final
pos
ition
of
actu
ator
(%
of m
ax.)
final
po
sitio
n of
act
uato
r (d
egr
ees)
0
95
0 10.0control signal (volts)
new position of UPPER
mechanical end limit
new position of LOWER
mechanical end limit
befo
re a
dapt
ionafter a
daption
0(before)
100(before)
0(after)
100(after)
Fig. 6. Adaption (function selection switch set to
"0...10 V") Adaption will be carried out whenever the actuator is connected at terminal 1 and the user powers up (from a totally powerless condition) the
actuator; or the user sets the function selection switch to the
"Service/Off" setting for at least 2 sec and then back to its previous setting; or
when using the actuator in the modulating mode, if the control signal's value rises up into the upper dead band (i.e. to more than the max. control signal minus 0.24 V) or drops down into the lower dead band (i.e. to less than the min. control signal plus 0.24 V), after which the shaft adapter must then remain at the respective (upper or lower) mechanical end limit for at least 3 sec. However, in this case, the actuator will then recognize the position of only the respective (upper or lower) mechanical end limit.
Accuracy To achieve very exact positioning or synchronicity from several actuators running in parallel, ensure that the actuator does one synchronization run per day (i.e. drive the actuator into the upper dead band, hold for min. 3 sec, then drive the actuator into the lower dead band, and then hold for min. 3 sec.) See section "Adaption" for exact voltage levels.
Overriding An override is a condition in which a 24 V signal is applied to terminal 4 of an actuator in the modulating mode, thus causing the actuator to ignore the control signal at terminal 3, whereupon it will instead move to a position of 50% of its max. stroke.
Feedback If correspondingly wired (see Fig. 11, Fig. 12, and Fig. 13), the actuator provides, via terminal 5, a feedback signal pro-portional to the actual position of the shaft adapter. The feedback signal has the range of 0(2)…10 V.
N05010/N10010 DAMPER ACTUATORS FOR MODULATING AND FLOATING/2-POSITION CONTROL
EN0B-0478GE51 R0413 4
MANUAL ADJUSTMENT
IMPORTANT To prevent equipment damage, you must remove power or set the function selection switch to the "Service/Off" position before manual adjustment.
After removing power or setting the function selection switch to the "Service/Off" position, the gear train can be disengaged using the declutch button, permitting the shaft adapter to be manually rotated to any position. If you have wired the actuator for feedback signal, then, after adaption, the feedback signal will follow the new position.
Limitation of Rotation Stroke Two adjustable mechanical end limits are provided to limit the angle of rotation as desired (see Fig. 7). The mechanical end limits must be securely fastened in place.
Fig. 7. Mechanical end limits
To ensure tight closing of the dampers, the shaft adapter has a total rotation stroke of 95°. After adjusting the mechanical end limits, the user should trigger adaption (see section "Adaption").
INTERNAL END SWITCHES NOTE: Only those actuators for which "-SW2" has been
specified when ordering (e.g.: "N05010-SW2") feature internal end switches.
The internal end switches "A" and "B" are changeover switches which are activated when the shaft adapter moves past a position of 5° and 85°, respectively (see also Table 1).
-2.5° 92.5°5° 10° 15°0° 90°85°80°75°
changeover switch A activatedwhen shaft adapter moves past 5°
CCW CW
changeover switch B activatedwhen shaft adapter moves past 85°
Fig. 8. Internal end switch triggering points
INSTALLATION
CAUTION To avoid personal injury (electrical shock) and to prevent equipment damage, before installation, you must remove power.
These actuators are designed for single-point mounting.
Mounting Instructions All information and steps are included in the Installation Instructions (Product Literature No.: MU1B-0276GE51) supplied with each actuator.
Mounting Position The actuators can be mounted in any position (IP54 is dependent upon orientation; see Fig. 9). Choose a mounting position permitting easy access to cables and controls.
Fig. 9. Mounting for IP54
Anti-Rotation Bracket and Screws If the actuator is to be mounted directly on a damper shaft, use the anti-rotation bracket and screws included in the delivery package. The min. distance between the center of the damper shaft and the middle of the anti-rotation bracket is 85 mm; a max. of 108 mm is allowed (see also Fig. 15). Depending upon the specifics of your mounting site, the actuator may shift in position slightly while tightening the screws at the top of the shaft adapter. The anti-rotation bracket features a T-piece with a 5-mm-long shank to accommodate for this movement. It is important to ensure that this play is not impeded.
Universal Shaft Adapter The universal shaft adapter can be used for shafts of various diameters and shapes (round: 8...16 mm and square: 6...13 mm).
N05010/N10010 DAMPER ACTUATORS FOR MODULATING AND FLOATING/2-POSITION CONTROL
EN0B-0478GE51 R0413 5
WIRING Connecting to the Power Supply In order to comply with protection class II, the power source of 24 V actuators must be reliably separated from the network power supply circuits as per DIN VDE 0106, part 101.
Access Cover The access cover can be unscrewed and removed in order to gain access to the terminal block(s) and perform wiring.
S6 S5 S3 S2 S1
50005456-002
PC-ABS
5 4 3 2 1
S1 S2 S3 S5 S6
Fig. 10. Access cover
Wiring Diagrams
!
Modulating: 0[2]...10V, 10...0[2]V
0[2]...10V
0[2]...10V
POS out
POS 50%
Y
GND/-
24V~/+
24V~/=
3
1
2
5
4
= override option Fig. 11. N05010/N10010 (modulating mode)
!
Floating: Dir
0[2]...10V POS out
= feedback option
CCW
CW
GND/-
24V~/+
24V~/=
3
1
2
5
4
Fig. 12. N05010/N10010 (floating mode)
!
2-Position: Dir
0[2]...10V POS out
CCW
CW
GND/-
24V~/+
24V~/=
3
1
2
5
4
= feedback option Fig. 13. N05010/N10010 (2-position mode)
END SWITCHES(max. 230 V, 5 A)
S3
S6
S5
S1A,B: C
A: NC
A: NO
B: NC
B: NO
S2CCW CW
CCW CW
Fig. 14. End switches (Nxx-SW2)
NOTE: Both of the internal end switches must be connected to the same power source.
Table 1 summarizes the information presented in the preceding wiring diagrams.
Table 1. Internal end switches (Nxx-SW2)
terminal type of switch S1 common lead for switches A and B
S2, S3
change-over switch A (S1/S2 opens and S1/S3 closes when shaft adapter moves CW past 5°; reverts to original state when shaft adapter moves CCW past 5°).
S5, S6
change-over switch B (S1/S5 opens and S1/S6 closes when shaft adapter moves CW past 85°; reverts to original state when shaft adapter moves CCW past 85°).
N05010/N10010 DAMPER ACTUATORS FOR MODULATING AND FLOATING/2-POSITION CONTROL
Manufactured for and on behalf of the Environmental and Combustion Controls Division of Honeywell Technologies Sàrl, Rolle, Z.A. La Pièce 16, Switzerland by its Authorized Representative: Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell GmbH Böblinger Strasse 17 71101 Schönaich / Germany Phone: (49) 7031 63701 Fax: (49) 7031 637493 http://ecc.emea.honeywell.com Subject to change without notice. Printed in Germany EN0B-0478GE51 R0413
DIMENSIONS
2...10 V0...10 V
Dir
Rev10...0 V10...2 V
Service/Off
N05010
134 85
108
66 562
41
Fig. 15. Dimensions (in mm)
OPERATOR WORKSTATION AND PRINT
Flexible and environmentally conscious designThe completely redesigned form factors are amongst the smallest within their categories. The mini-tower, desktop and small form factor chassis have been optimized to help maximize desk space and ensure the systems integrate seamlessly in virtually any office environment. The Dell OptiPlex 790 also shares the same visual identity as Opti-Plex 990 and 390 to offer a more consistent look across the OptiPlex portfolio and two All-in-One stands enable deployment as a single device with up to 24” displays. Ac-cessibility and serviceability are easy thanks to the conve-nient side-latch mechanism which makes access to key system components for upgrades and services fast and easy. The form-factor flexibility has also been designed with our planet in mind. The systems all have a minimum of 10% post-consumed recycled plastic enclosure and offer 90% efficient power supplies option. Starting with OptiPlex small form factor Dell also provides recyclable packaging. By using post-consumed recycled plastic content in the chassis of more models, the new genera-tion of OptiPlex is Dell’s most environmentally responsible commercial desktop offering.
Advanced performance and productivityThe OptiPlex 790 delivers great performance and features nearly the same performance as OptiPlex 990 which is the most powerful OptiPlex ever. Enable your workforce with cutting-edge productivity tools such as the advanced 2nd generation Intel® Core™ i7 processor featuring gener-ous high-speed memory options and support for up to four simultaneous video displays across small-form factor, desktop and minitower chassis with dual PCI-express slots. The OptiPlex 790 also supports flexible desktop virtualization deployment models to help users get up and running fast and have their data centrally stored to avoid downtime. OptiPlex 790 supported virtualization solutions range from virtual remote desktop control to on-demand desktop streaming or client hosted virtualization.
Business-class controlThe OptiPlex 790 is equipped with Intel Standard Man-agement technology enabling efficient remote system management that helps managing many systems simul-taneously; along with the Dell Data Protection security capabilities such as one-touch preset compliance policy templates, flexible encryption and single solution for system disk as well as removable medias that work in your unique environment. A business-class range of secu-rity and management options which allows security and remote control configurations to meet large organizations unique needs and challenges. Dell KACE system manage-ment appliances are fully-compatible with the OptiPlex 790 desktops enabling easy deployment of remote man-ageability and maintenance simplification. The OptiPlex technological assets are backed with proven professional IT services and support worldwide, ranging from deploy-ment to maintenance or web solutions to help IT to sim-plify their daily tasks. The OptiPlex platform commitment to stability, long-lifecycle and managed transitions also help ensure IT to save time and money.
Dell™ OptiPlex™ 790 desktopThe OptiPlex 790 flexible desktop solution is designed for advanced performance and efficient col-laboration. It enables business-class control that helps ensure IT saves time and money and the re-mote management technology also helps simplify systems management and protect your data. Dell OptiPlex 790 is available in four different chassis sizes that blend seamlessly into office environments and respect our planet.
Dell OptiPlex 790designed to deliver advanced productivity and business-class control to help IT save time and money.
OptiPlex 790
OptiPlex 790 Technical Specifications
Processors1 Intel® 2nd Generation Core™ i7, i5, i3 Processors.
Chipset Intel® Q65 Express Chipset
Operating System Options Microsoft® Windows 7® Home Basic (32/ 64 bit),Microsoft® Windows 7® Home Premium (32/64 bit), Microsoft® Windows 7® Professional (32/64 bit), Microsoft® Windows 7® Ultimate (32/64 bit)Windows Vista® Home Basic SP2 (32/64 bit), Windows Vista® Business SP2 (32/64 bit), Windows Vista® Ultimate SP2 (32 bit)Ubuntu® Linux (select countries); FreeDOS for N-series
Video2 Integrated Intel® HD Graphics 2000 [with iCore Dual/Quad core class CPU-GPU combo]; optional 1GB AMD RADEON HD 6450; optional 512MB AMD RADEON HD 6350
Memory3 Up to four DIMM slots; Non-ECC dual-channel 1333MHz DDR3 SDRAM, up to 16GB
Networking Integrated Intel® 82579LM Ethernet LAN 10/100/1000; optional Broadcom® NetXtreme® 10/100/1000 PCIe card; optional Dell Wireless 1520 PCIe (MT, DT, SFF); optional half-mini PCIe (USFF) WLAN card (802.11n)
I/O Ports 10 External USB 2.0 ports and 1 Internal USB 2.0 (MT & DT only);1 Serial; 1 RJ-45; 1 VGA; 1 DisplayPort; 2 PS/2; 2 Line-in (stereo/microphone), 2 Line-out (headphone/speaker), optional Parallel/2nd Serial PCIe card (MT), optional 2nd Serial PCIe card (DT & SFF), optional 1394a PCI card (MT & DT, available from middle May 2011); optional USB 3.0 PCIe card
Removable Media Options DVD+/-RW; DVD-ROM; Dell 19 in 1 Media Card Reader (MT & DT only)
Hard Drives4 Options 3.5” Hard Drives: up to 1TB 7200 RPM SATA 3.0Gb/s; 2.5” Hard Drives: up to 500GB 7200 RPM SATA 3.0GB/s; 500GB Hybrid; 320GB 7200 RPM Opal SED, 128GB Solid State Drive Supports Dell’s Flexible Computing Solution diskless option
Chassis Minitower (MT) Desktop (DT) Small Form Factor (SFF) Ultra SmallForm Factor (USFF)
Dimensions (H x W x D)Inches/(cm)
14.2 x 6.9 x 16.4 /(36.0 x 17.5 x 41.7)
14.2 x 4.0 x 16.1 /(36.0 x 10.2 x 41.0)
11.4 x 3.7 x 12.3 /(29.0 x 9.3 x 31.2)
9.3 x 2.6 x 9.4 /(23.7 x 6.5 x 24)
Min. Weight (lbs/kg)
19.55/8.87 16.67/7.56 12.57/5.7 7.20 / 3.27
Number of Bays 2 internal 3.5”2 external 5.25”
1 internal 3.5”1 external 5.25”
1 internal 3.5”1 external 5.25” (slimline)
1 internal 2.5”1 external 5.25” (slimline)
Expansion Slots 1 full height PCIe x161 full height PCIe x16 (wired x 4)1 full height PCIe x11 full height PCI
1 half height PCIe x161 half height PCIe x16 (wired x 4)1 half height PCIe x11 half height PCI
1 half height PCIe x161 half height PCIe x16 (wired x 4)
1 miniPCIe connector
Power Supply5 Unit (PSU)
Standard 265W PSU or optional 265W up to 90% Efficient PSU; Energy Star 5.0 compliant, Active PFC
Standard 250W PSU or optional 250W up to 90% Efficient PSU; Energy Star 5.0 compliant, Active PFC
Standard 240W PSU or optional 240W up to 90% Efficient PSU; Energy Star 5.0 compliant, Active PFC
200W up to 90% Efficient PSU, ENERGY STAR® 5.0 compliant, Active PFC
Peripherals Options Monitors:Dell Entry Standard and Widescreen Flat Panel Analog:Dell E170S, E190S, E1709W, E1910, E1911, E2011H, E2210H, E2211H, E2311H
Dell Professional Digital Standard and Widescreen Flat Panel:Dell P170S, P190S, P1911, P2011H, P2210, P2211H, P2311H, P2411H
Dell UltraSharp Digital Standard and Widescreen Flat Panel, Adjustable Stand:Dell 2007FP, U2211H, U2311H, U2410, U2711, U3011
Keyboards: Dell USB Entry Keyboard, Dell Multimedia Pro Keyboard, Dell Smartcard Keyboard
Mouse: Dell USB Optical Mouse, Dell Laser Mouse
Audio Speakers: Internal Dell Business audio speaker, Dell AX210 2.0 and AY410 2.1 Desktop Speakers; Dell AX510 and AX510PA Sound Bar Speakers
Security Trusted Platform Module6 (TPM) 1.2, Dell Data Protection / Access, Chassis lock slot support, optional Chassis Intrusion Switch, Setup/BIOS Password, I/O Interface Security, optional Smart Card keyboards, Intel® Trusted Execution Technology, BIOS support for optional Computrace7
Systems Management Options8
Intel® Standard Manageability; No Out of Band Systems Management
Environmental, Ergonomic, & Regulatory Standards
Environmental Standards (eco-labels): Energy Star 5.0, EPEAT Registered (see epeat.net for registration status by country), CECP, TCO, WEEE, Japan Energy Law, Japan Green PC, South Korea Eco-label, EU RoHS, China RoHS, Blue AngelOther Environmental Options: Dell Energy Smart settings; Carbon Off-set Program; System Recycle (Asset Recovery Service)
Warranty Limited Hardware Warranty9; Standard 3-year Next Business Day On Site Service after Remote Diagnosis10 (3-3-3); Optional 3-year Dell ProSupport™ for IT; 4 year and 5 year service and support options11
Your business-class desktops at dell.com/optiplex *Important Information: Remote Diagnosis is determination by online/phone technician of cause of issue; may involve customer access to inside of system and multiple or extended sessions. If issue is covered by Limited Hardware Warranty and not resolved remotely, technician and/or part will be dispatched, usually within 1 business day following completion of Remote Diagnosis. Availability varies.Other conditions apply. For copy of Ltd Hardware Warranty, write Dell USA LP, Attn: Warranties, One Dell Way, Round Rock, TX 78682 or see www.dell.com/warranty.
Offering may vary by region.1. System Memory and Graphics: Significant system memory may be used to support graphics, depending on system memory size and other factors.2. 4GB or Greater System Memory Capability: A 64-bit operating system is required to support 4GB or more of system memory.3. Hard Drive: GB means 1 billion bytes and TB equals 1 trillion bytes; actual capacity varies with preloaded material and operating environment and will be less.4. PSU: This form factor utilizes a more efficient Active Power Factor Correction (APFC) power supply. Dell recommends only Universal Power Supplies (UPS) based on Sine Wave output for APFC PSUs, not an approximation of a Sine Wave, Square Wave, or quasi-Square 5. Wave (see UPS technical specifications). If you have questions please contact the manufacturer to confirm the output type.TPM: TPM is not available in all regions.6. Computrace: Not a Dell offer. Certain conditions apply. For full details, see terms and conditions at www.lojackforlaptops.com.7. Systems Management Options:8.
Intel® Standard Manageability - Fully enabled at point of purchase, the Intel Standard Management option is a subset of the AMT features. ISM is not upgradeable to vPro technology post-purchase.• No Out-of-Band Systems Management - This option entirely removes Intel out of band systems (OOB) management features. The system can still support • in band management. OOB management support through AMT cannot be upgraded post-purchase.
Limited Hardware Warranty: For copy of Ltd Hardware Warranty, write Dell USA LP, Attn: Warranties, One Dell Way, Round Rock, TX 78682 or see www.dell.9. com/warranty.Next Business Day Onsite Service after Remote Diagnosis: Remote Diagnosis is determination by online/phone technician of cause of issue; may involve 10. customer access to inside of system and multiple or extended sessions. If issue is covered by Limited Hardware Warranty (www.dell.com/warranty) and not resolved remotely, technician and/or part will be dispatched, usually within 1 business day following completion of Remote Diagnosis. Availability varies. Other conditions apply. Dell Services: Availability and terms of Dell Services vary by region. For more information, visit www.dell.com/servicedescriptions.11. OptiPlex 990 small form factor (coming in May in US, UK and Japan) is brominated flame retardant free (BFR-free) and polyvinyl chloride free (PVC-free); meeting the definition of BFR-/PVC-free as set forth in the iNEMI Position Statement on the ‘Definition of Low-12. Halogen Electronics (BFR-/CFR-/PVC-free)’. Plastic parts contain less than 1,000 ppm (0.1%) of bromine (if the Br source is from BFRs) and less than 1,000 ppm (0.1%) of chlorine (if the Cl source is from CFRs or PVC or PVC copolymers). All printed circuit board (PCB) and substrate laminates contain bromine/chlorine total less than 1,500 ppm (0.15%) with a maximum chlorine of 900 ppm (0.09%) and maximum bromine being 900 ppm (0.09%).
LASERJET PRO CP1525NWCOLOR PRINTER
Create your own professional-quality color documents on a compact, easy-to-use printer with wireless and Ethernet connectivity.5 Print from anywhere with HP ePrint.1
Save on energy and print black documents affordably. Print Speed: Up to 12 ppm black and up to 8 ppm color Print Resolution: Up to 600 x 600 dpi Print Technology Resolution: HP ImageREt 3600 Standard Connectivity: 1 Hi-Speed USB 2.0, 1 built-in 10/100 Ethernet, 1 Wireless 802.11 b/g/n Display: 1.85" LCD, 2-line, 16-character display Monthly Volume (Duty Cycle): Up to 30,000 pages Duplex Print Options: Manual (driver support provided)
1May require an Internet connection to the printer. Feature works with any Internet- and e-mail-capable device and requires a firmware upgrade. For details, http://www.hp.com/go/ePrintCenter. 2Program features and availability may vary by country. For more information, visit http://www.hp.com/learn/suresupply. 3Program availability varies. HP print cartridge return and recycling is currently available in more than 49 countries, territories and regions in Asia, Europe, and North and South America through the HP Planet Partners program. For more information, visit http://www.hp.com/recycle. 4To use this feature, you need Internet Explorer 6.0-8.0. 5Wireless performance is dependent upon physical environment and distance from access point, and may be limited during active VPN connections.
Get professional color documents—wirelessly• Print from anywhere in the office with wireless.5 Share
printing resources using built-in Ethernet.• Ensure bold text and smooth color with HP ImageREt 3600
and Original HP cartridges with ColorSphere toner.• Get excellent print quality automatically on text, images
and graphics with HP EasyColor.• Print documents affordably. Get the same black cost per
page as a black-and-white HP LaserJet printer.
Set up quickly, and print from anywhere1
• Print from anywhere, anytime, with HP ePrint1.• Install and start printing quickly and easily.• Simplify supplies maintenance—order cartridges with HP
SureSupply2 and install them easily.• Easily operate and maintain the printer with the in-device
help menu.
Create and print your own marketing materials• Estimate print costs with included software, and get project
ideas, tools and templates from HP.• Print on a wide range of paper sizes—from 3 x 5 to
8.5 x 14 inches.• Achieve great results—pre-configured shortcuts optimize
output quality based on the media selected.• Easily adjust spot colors and apply them throughout a
document with basic color-match settings.
Reduce your environmental impact• Save energy, plus start and finish your print job faster with
Instant-on Technology.• Save space and resources with the compact size of this
color laser printer.• Get easy recycling—cartridges returned through HP Planet
Partners are recycled responsibly3.• Print only the web content you need, neatly and
accurately, with HP Smart Web Printing4.
HP LaserJet Pro CP1525nw Color Printer
• Reduce energy use up to 50% with Instant-on Technology.1
• Convenient cartridge recycling in over 49 countries.2 • Prints great on recycled paper.
ENERGY STAR® qualified product 1Energy savings based on HP testing using the ENERGY STAR® program’s Typical Energy Consumption (TEC) method on HP LaserJet products with Instant-on Technology vs. top competitive models as of March 2009. 2HP Program availability varies. HP print cartridge return and recycling is currently available in more than 49 countries, territories and regions is Asia, Europe and North and South America through the HP Planet Partner Program.
Please recycle your computing hardware and printing supplies.Find out how at our website.
LASERJET PRO CP1525NWCOLOR PRINTER
LASERJET PRO CP1525NW COLOR PRINTER Product Number: CE875A
1Measured using ISO/IEC 24734, excludes first set of test documents. For more information see http://www.hp.com/go/printerclaims. Exact speed varies depending on the system configuration, software application, driver, and document complexity. 2With instant-on fuser technology; Exact speed varies depending on the system configuration, software application, driver and document complexity. 3Duty cycle is defined as the maximum number of pages per month of imaged output. This value provides a comparison of product robustness in relation to other HP LaserJet or HP Color LaserJet devices, and enables appropriate deployment of printers and MFPs to satisfy the demands of connected individuals or groups. 4HP recommends that the number of printed pages per month be within the stated range for optimum device performance, based on factors including supplies replacement intervals and device life over an extended warranty period. 5Configuration tested: base model, simplex printing, A4 paper at an average of 12 ppm. Values are subject to change. For current information see http://www.hp.com/support. 6Power requirements are based on the country/region where the printer is sold. Do not convert operating voltages. This will damage the printer and void the product warranty.
©2010 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. HP is a registered trademark of the Hewlett Packard Company. ENERGY STAR and the ENERGY STAR logo are registered U.S. marks. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners. Microsoft and Windows are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation. Adobe and Acrobat are trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated. This listing of non HP products does not constitute an endorsement by Hewlett Packard Company. The information contained herein is subject to change without notice and is provides "as is" without warranty of any kind. HP shall not be liable for technical or editorial errors or omissions contained herein. August 2010
FOR MORE INFORMATION VISIT OUR WEBSITE AT WWW.HP.COM
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSPRINT TECHNOLOGY Laser
PRINT SPEED1 Black (Normal, letter): Up to 12 ppm; Color (Normal, letter): Up to 8 ppm; First Page Out Color (Letter, ready)2: As fast as 32 sec
PRINT RESOLUTION Black (Best): Up to 600 x 600 dpi; Black (Normal): Up to 600 x 600 dpi; Color (Best): Up to 600 x 600 dpi
PRINT TECHNOLOGY RESOLUTION
HP ImageREt 3600
STANDARD PRINT LANGUAGES
HP PCL 6, HP PCL 5c, HP postscript level 3 emulation
NUMBER OF PRINT CARTRIDGES
4 (1 each black, cyan, magenta, yellow)
SURESUPPLY SUPPORTED Yes
PRINTER MANAGEMENT Windows: HP Toolbox FX (default install), SNP Alerts (minimum install), HP Web Jetadmin (download); Mac: HP Utility
STANDARD CONNECTIVITY 1 Hi-Speed USB 2.0, 1 built-in 10/100 Ethernet, 1 Wireless 802.11 b/g/n
WIRELESS CAPABILITY Yes, built-in Wireless 802.11 b/g/n
NETWORK CAPABILITIES Via built-in 10/100 Ethernet and Wireless 802.11 b/g/n
CONTROL PANEL 2-line, 16-character front panel display, 5 buttons (Cancel job, Left arrow, Right arrow, Select, Reverse), 3 LED indicator lights (Attention, Ready, Wireless), WPS button
FONTS AND TYPEFACES 84 scalable TrueType fonts (49 scalable TrueType and 35 postscript)
MEDIA TYPES SUPPORTED Paper (bond, brochure, color, glossy, letterhead, photo, plain, preprinted, prepunched, recycled, rough), transparencies, labels, envelopes, cardstock
DUTY CYCLE (MONTHLY, LETTER)3
Up to 30,000 pages
RECOMMENDED MONTHLY PAGE VOLUME4
Up to 250 to 1,000 pages
DISPLAY 1.85" LCD, 2-line, 16-character display
MAXIMUM/STANDARAD MEMORY
384 MB/128 MB
PAPER HANDLING 150-sheet input tray, 1-sheet priority feed slot, 125-sheet output bin; Input Handling: Up to 150 Sheets, Up to 50 transparencies, Up to 50 post-cards, Up to 10 Envelopes; Ouput Handling: Up to 50 Sheets, Up to 50 transparencies
DUPLEX PRINT OPTIONS Manual (driver support provided)
PROCESSOR Processor Type: ARM 1156 processor core; Processor Speed: 600 MHz
SOFTWARE INCLUDED Windows Full Software Solution, HP Universal Print Drivers, HP Basic Color Match, HP PrintView, HP Eco Solutions Print Console, Mac Software Solution, Linux Software Solution, Unix Print Driver
MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS
PC: Microsoft® Windows® 7, Windows Vista®: 1 GHz 32-bit(x86) or 64-bit(x64) processor, 1 GB RAM (32-bit) or 2 GB RAM (64-bit), 200 MB free hard disk space, CD/DVD-ROM or Internet, USB or Network port, Windows® XP (32-bit) Service Pack 2: Pentium 233 MHz processor, 512 KB RAM (32-bit) or 2 GB RAM (64-bit), 200 MB free hard disk space, CD/DVD-ROM or Internet, USB or Network port; Mac: Mac OS X v 10.5.8, v 10.6; PowerPC G4, G5, or Intel Core Processor; 256 MB RAM; 300 MB free hard disk space; CD/DVD-ROM or Internet; USB or Network port
COMPATIBLE OPERATING SYSTEMS
Full software installs supported on: Microsoft® Windows®7 32-bit and 64-bit, Windows Vista® 32-bit and 64-bit, Windows® XP 32-bit (SP2 or higher), Driver only installs supported on: Windows® Server 2008 32-bit and 64-bit, Windows® Server 2003 32-bit (SP3 or higher), Mac OS X v 10.5.8, v 10.6, Linpus Linux (9.4, 9.5), Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.0 (supported with a pre-built package), SUSE Linux (10.3, 11.0, 11, 11.1, 11.2), Fedora (9, 9.0, 10, 10.0, 11.0, 11, 12, 12.0), Ubuntu (8.04, 8.04.1, 8.04.2, 8.10, 9.04, 9.10, 10.04), Debian (5.0, 5.0.1, 5.0.2, 5.0.3) (supported by the automatic installer), HPUX 11 and Solaris 8/9
OPERATING ENVIRONMENT
Operating Humidity Range: 10 to 80% RH; Recommended Humidity Operating Range: 20 to 70% RH; Operating Temperature Range: 15 to 32.5º C; Recommended Operating Temperature Range: 68 to 81º F (20 to 27º C); Storage Temperature Range: -4 to 104º F (-20 to 40º C); Non-Operating Humidity: 10 to 95% RH
ACOUSTIC5 Acoustic Power Emissions: 6.1 B(A); Acoustic Power Emissions (Ready): Inaudible; Acoustic Pressure Emissions Bystander (Active, Printing): 48 dB(A); Acoustic Pressure Emissions Bystander (Ready): Inaudible
POWER Power Requirements: Input voltage 110 to 127 VAC (+/- 10%), 60 Hz (+/- 3 Hz) Power Supply Type: Built-in power supply Power Consumption6: 295 watts Active, 0.2 watts Off, 5.5 watts Sleep, 12.5 watts Standby Typical Electricity Consumption (TEC) Number: 1.208 kWh/Week
PRODUCT DIMENSIONS 15.7 x 17.8 x 10.0 in (399 x 453 x 254 mm)
PRODUCT WEIGHT 40.0 lb (18.2 kg)
SECURITY MANAGEMENT Wireless: WEP (128bit), WPA/WPA2 - Personal (AES, TKIP), Password-protected network embedded Web server, Enable/disable network ports, SNMPv1 community password change
WHAT’S IN THE BOX HP Color LaserJet Pro Printer, HP LaserJet Starter Black, Cyan, Magenta, Yellow starter print cartridges (pre-installed), CDs containing software and electronic documentation, Documentation (Install Guide, Support flyer, Warranty guide), power cord, USB cable
ACCESSORIES HP USB Cable (a-b) 2 meter, Q6264A HP 256 MB DDR2 144-pin SDRAM DIMM, CB423A DDR2 - 16b DIMM, CB421AX DDR2 128 MB DIMM, CB422AX DDR2 256 MB DIMM, CB423AX
HP CARE PACKS HP 2 year NBD ExchPrinting and Imaging-H SVC, UG606E HP 3 year NBD ExchPrinting and Imaging-H SVC, UG609E HP 4 year NBD ExchPrinting and Imaging-H SVC, UH610E HP Basic Installation Service (for one consumer printer with wireless capability), US284E HP Premium Installation Service (with wireless network setup for up to three PCs and/or printers), US285E
REPLACEMENT CARTRIDGES
HP 128A Black LaserJet Print Cartridge, CE320A HP 128A Cyan LaserJet Print Cartridge, CE321A HP 128A Yellow LaserJet Print Cartridge, CE322A HP 128A Magenta LaserJet Print Cartridge, CE323A
WARRANTY One-year, limited warranty, product exchange
OFFICEJET 7000 Wide Format Printer
Fast network printing up to 13x19 inches with lowest cost per page vs in-class inkjet1 with stunning print quality Print: Maxiumum print speeds of 33 ppm black, Up to 32 ppm color Connectivity: 1 USB 2.0; 1 Ethernet, Optional Wireless print server Paper Handling: Letter; legal; tabloid (11 x 17 in); executive; 4 x 6 in; 5 x 7 in; 8 x 10 in; 11 x 14 in; 12 x 12 in; 13 x 19 in
1Compared to B-size inkjet printers and AIOS <US$299 from major vendors as of Q408. Excludes HP Officejet Pro products. Average based on ISO/IEC 24711 or HP testing methodology and continuous printing. Actual yield varies considerably based on content of printed pages and other factors. For details see www.hp.com/go/learnaboutsupplies. 2Letter cost per page comparisons based on majority of color laser printers < $300 and OJ with highest-capacity cartridges, June 2008. For details www.hp.com/go/officejet. 3Based on paper-industry predictions for acid-free papers and Original HP inks; colorant stability data at room temperature based on similar systems tested per ISO 11798 and ISO 18909. 4Majority of letter/A4 color laser printers < $300, June 2008, energy use based on HP testing using the ENERGY STAR® program's TEC test method criteria. 5HP ink cartridge return and recycling is available in 42 countries and territories around the world, covering 88% of the addressable market; see www.hp.com/recycle for details.
Versatile network printing up to 13 x 19 inches• Print on various paper types and sizes from
3.5 x 5 inches up to 13 x 19 inches—plus get stunning photos with HP Officejet inks
• Save money by replacing only the individual ink cartridge that runs out
• Share printer with up to five users thanks to wired networking
• Maximum letter print speeds of 33 ppm black, 32 ppm color
Lowest cost per page vs in-class inkjets1
• Print professional color documents for up to 40% less per page than letter-size lasers2
• Print laser-quality black text and professional color using HP Officejet inks
• Get fast-drying documents for high-volume printing using papers with the ColorLok® logo
• Archived documents retain black text and color quality for decades without fading3
Cut energy use by up to 40% compared to lasers4
• This HP Officejet printer consumes up to 40% less energy than letter size color laser printers4
• Save money and energy with this efficient ENERGY STAR® qualified inkjet printer
• Help reduce the need for paper resources by using recycled paper
• Enjoy easy recycling—cartridges returned via HP Planet Partners are recycled responsibly5
HP Officejet 7000 Wide Format Printer
• Reduce energy use up to 40% with this HP Officejet Printer*
• Prints great on recycled paper• Print only the web content you need with HP Smart
Web Printing**
ENERGY STAR® Qualified *Compared to competitive laser products www.hp.com/go/officejet. **For Windows only. Requires Internet Explorer 6.0 or Mozilla Firefox 2.0—or higher.
Please recycle your computing hardware and printing supplies.Find out how at our website.
OFFICEJET 7000 Wide Format Printer
OFFICEJET 7000 Wide Format Printer Product Number: C9299AProduct Identifier: E809A ENERGY STAR® qualified models; see: http://www.hp.com/go/energystar 1Either after first page or after first set of ISO test pages. For details see www.hp.com/go/printerclaims 2Power measurements are based on Energy Star OM test procedure. 3Average based on ISO/IEC 24711 or HP testing methodology and continuous printing. Actual yield varies considerably based on content of printed pages and other factors. Some ink from included cartridge is used to start up the printer. For details see http://www.hp.com/go/learnaboutsupplies
©2009 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. HP is a registered trademark of the Hewlett Packard Company. ENERGY STAR and the ENERGY STAR logo are registered U.S. marks. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners. Microsoft and Windows are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation. This listing of non HP products does not constitute an endorsement by Hewlett Packard Company. The information contained herein is subject to change without notice and is provides "as is" without warranty of any kind. HP shall not be liable for technical or editorial errors or omissions contained herein. May 2009
FOR MORE INFORMATION VISIT OUR WEBSITE AT WWW.HP.COM
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSPRINT TECHNOLOGY HP Thermal Inkjet
PRINT RESOLUTION Black (Best): Up to 600 rendered dpi black when printing from a computer; Color Best: Up to 4800 x 1200 optimized dpi color (when printing from a computer on selected HP photo papers and 1200 input dpi)
PRINT SPEEDS1 Maximum Print Speeds: 33 ppm Black, 32 ppm color; Laser Comparable Speeds: Up to 8 ppm Black, Up to 7 ppm Color
PRINTING CAPABILITIES Borderless printing: Yes (up to 13 x 19 in, 330 x 483 mm); Automatic paper sensor: No; Direct print supported: No
STANDARD PRINTER LANGUAGES
HP PCL 3 GUI
COMPATIBLE INK TYPES Dye-based; pigment-based
STANDARD CONNECTIVITY 1 USB 2.0; 1 Ethernet
NETWORK READY Standard (built-in Ethernet), Optional Wireless print server
NETWORK CAPABILITIES Ethernet, Optional Wireless print server
WIRELESS CAPABILITY No
CONTROL PANEL 4 indicator LED that will light up individually when any of the ink cartridge runs low in ink; 4 Button (with lights): Power button; Page resume button; Cancel print job button and Network button
DUTY CYCLE (MONTHLY, LETTER)
Up to 7000 pages
MEDIA TYPES SUPPORTED Paper (brochure, inkjet, plain); photo; envelopes; cards (index); transparencies
MEDIA SIZES SUPPORTED Letter; legal; tabloid (11 x 17 in); executive; 4 x 6 in; 5 x 7 in; 8 x 10 in; 11 x 14 in; 12 x 12 in; 13 x 19 in
STANDARD MEDIA SIZES (DUPLEX)
Letter; legal; tabloid (11 x 17 in); executive; 4 x 6 in; 5 x 7 in; 8 x 10 in; 11 x 14 in; 12 x 12 in; 13 x 19 in
CUSTOM MEDIA SIZES 3 x 5 to 13 x 44 in
MEDIA WEIGHT SUPPORTED
Tray 1: 16 to 28 lb bond (plain media); 20 to 24 lb bond (envelope); up to 110 lb index (cards); up to 75 lb bond (photo and brochure)
MEDIA WEIGHT RECOMMENDED
20 to 24 lb
PAPER HANDLING Input: 150-sheet input tray; Output: 100-sheet output tray; Duplex Options: Manual (driver support provided); Input capacities: Up to 150 sheets letter/legal, Up to 15 envelopes, Up to 40 sheets 4 x 6 photo, Up to 40 cards; Output capacities: Up to 100 sheets letter/legal; Up to 55 sheets transparencies, Up to 40 cards
SKEW +/- 0.006 in
STANDARD MEMORY 32 MB
PROCESSOR SPEED 384 MHz
COMPATIBLE OPERATING SYSTEMS
Windows 2000 (SP4); Windows XP Home; Windows XP 32-bit (SP1); Windows Vista® (32 and 64-bit); Mac OS X v 10.4; Mac OS X v 10.5; With Windows 2000, some features may not be available
MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS
PC: Windows 2000 (SP4): Intel Pentium II or Celeron processor, 128 MB RAM, 160 MB free hard disk space, Internet Explorer 6.0; Windows XP (32-bit) (SP1): Intel Pentium II or Celeron processor, 512 MB RAM, 225 MB free hard disk space, Internet Explorer 6.0; Windows Vista: 800 MHz 32-bit (x86) or 64-bit (x64) processor, 512 MB RAM, 902 MB free hard disk space, Internet Explorer 7.0; Mac: Mac OS X v 10.4.11, Mac OS X v 10.5.6, Mac OS X v 10.6*: PowerPC G4, G5, or Intel Core processor, 256 MB memory, 500 MB free hard disk space
PRODUCT DIMENSIONS (W X D X H)
22.6 x 15.8 x 7.13 in
PRODUCT WEIGHT 15.4 lb
POWER2 Power supply type: External universal power supply; Power requirements: Input voltage 100 to 240 VAC (+/- 10%), 50/60 Hz; Power consumption: 48 watts; Power consumption, off: 0.34 watts (230 V), 0.32 watts (115 V); Power consumption, active: 14 watts (Best mode); 19 watts (Normal mode); 32 watts (Fast Draft mode); Power consumption, powersave: 2.4 watts; Power consumption, standby: 2.7 watts
ACOUSTICS Acoustic power emissions: 5.4 B(A) (Best mode); 6.2 B(A) (Normal mode); 6.9 B(A) (Draft mode), Acoustic pressure emissions: 48 dB(A) (Best mode); 56 dB(A) (Normal mode); 63 dB(A) (Draft mode)
OPERATING ENVIRONMENT
Recommended operating temperature: 59 to 90º F; Maximum operating temperature range: 41 to 104º F, Storage temperature range: 59 to 90º F, Operating humidity range: 15 to 90% RH, Recommended humidity operating range:15 to 80% RH; Non-operating humidity: 15 to 90% RH non-condensing
WHAT'S IN THE BOX3 HP Officejet 7000 Wide Format Printer; Print Head Assembly; HP 920 Black Officejet Ink Cartridge (~420 pages); HP 920 Cyan Officejet Ink Cartridge & HP 920 Magenta Officejet Ink Cartridge & HP 920 Magenta Officejet Ink Cartridge: composite yield (~300 pages); power supply; power cord; setup poster; CD-ROM (for software)
REPLACEMENT PRINT CARTRIDGES3
HP 920 Black Officejet Ink Cartridge (~420 pages), CD971A HP 920 Cyan Officejet Ink Cartridge (~300 pages), CH634A HP 920 Magenta Officejet Ink Cartridge (~300 pages), CH635A HP 920 Yellow Officejet Ink Cartridge (~300 pages), CH636A HP 920XL Black Officejet Ink Cartridge (~1200 pages), CD975A HP 920XL Cyan Officejet Ink Cartridge (~700 pages), CD972A HP 920XL Magenta Officejet Ink Cartridge (~700 pages), CD973A HP 920XL Yellow Officejet Ink Cartridge (~700 pages), CD974A
ACCESSORIES Hi-Speed USB cable Q6264A HP USB Network Print Adapter Q6275A HP Wireless Printing Upgrade Kit Q6236A HP Wireless Network USB Print Server Q6301A
WARRANTY One-year limited hardware warranty; 24-hour, 7 days a week Web support; business hour phone support within warranty period
DDC PANELS
FORM OF GURANTEE
Warranty Certificate
This is to certify that the Building Management System supplied by Integra International Trading and Contracting W.L.L For the Project: Construction of (2) New Schools At Doha
& Villages Stage (10-A) Package #4 Is covered under our special warranty clause that covers against any manufacturing defect for a period of 400 days from the date of commissioning i.e: Commencing on: - Expiring on: - This warranty coverage does not include normal wear & tear, consumerables, abuse/ misuse / wrong use of the components by users. This however does not cover maintenance of the system during the warranty period. Signed on behalf of: Integra International Trading and Contracting W.L.L Naga Manoj DGM-ELV SYSTEM (+974 55802725)
GRAPHICS SAMPLES
PROJECT APPROVALS
PROJECT REFERENCES
PROJECT: NORTH GATE MALL
CONTRACTOR : VOLTAS LIMITED
SYSTEM: BMS & LCS
VALUE: QAR 2,500,000.00
PROJECT: QATAR UNIVERSITY STUDENT HOUSING
CONTRACTOR : SEG
SYSTEM: BMS
VALUE: QAR 8,000,000.00
PROJECT: MARSA MALAZ
CONTRACTOR : CDC
SYSTEM: BMS,LCS,CBS,RMS
VALUE: QAR 8,000,000.00
PROJECT: PEARL QATAR
PARCEL 11A, 13A, 13B, 14A, 15A, 15B, 16
VIVA BHARIYA 02, 09, 18
CONTRACTOR : CDC, ADVANCE ENG, TAKYEEF, MEGATECH
SYSTEM: BMS,LCS,CBS,RMS
VALUE: QAR 20,000,000.00
PROJECT: QATAR PETROLEUM DISTRICT
CONTRACTOR : MIDMAC-BATIMENT INT’L-AL JABER JV
SYSTEM: CO DETECTION SYSTEM
VALUE: QAR 1,000,000.00
PROJECT: TWIN TOWER
CONTRACTOR : EFECO
SYSTEM: BMS
VALUE: QAR 2,200,000.00
PROJECT: QATAR FACULTY OF ISLAMIC STUDIES CONTRACTOR : TRAGS
SYSTEM: BMS, LCS & PLC
VALUE: QAR 3,000,000.00
PROJECT: AL BAKER TWIN TOWER
CONTRACTOR : CRC
SYSTEM: BMS & LCS
VALUE: QAR 10,000,000.00
PROJECT: QATAR UNIVERSITY BUILDINGS
CONTRACTOR : QATAR UNIVERSITY
SYSTEM: BMS
VALUE: QAR 10,000,000.00
PROJECT: TADMUR LOGISTICS BUILDING
CONTRACTOR : TAKYEEF ELECTROMECHANICAL
SYSTEM: LCS
VALUE: QAR 300,000.00
PROJECT: BARWA AMENITIES
CONTRACTOR : MECHEL ENGINEERING
SYSTEM: BMS
VALUE: QAR 2,000,000.00
PROJECT: TRAINING ACADEMY FOR COMMERCIAL BANK
CONTRACTOR : RAMCO
SYSTEM: LCS
VALUE: QAR 100,000.00
PROJECT: GULF MALL AT GHARAFFA
CONTRACTOR : HBK ENGINEERING
SYSTEM: BMS
VALUE: QAR 1,000,000.00
PROJECT: BARWA COMMERCIAL AVENUE TYPE 1 & 2
CONTRACTOR : ETA
SYSTEM: BMS
VALUE: QAR 5,000,000.00
PROJECT: AL SEELYA TOWER
CONTRACTOR : BARZAN ENGINEERING SERVICES
SYSTEM: BMS & LCS
VALUE: QAR 1,000,000.00
PROJECT: HALUL ISLAND
CONTRACTOR : CONTINENTAL COOLING
SYSTEM: BMS
VALUE: QAR 500,000.00
PROJECT: NAKILAT SHIPYARD
CONTRACTOR : AL-MOAYYED
SYSTEM: BMS & UPS
VALUE: QAR 2,000,000.00
PROJECT: BARZAN ON-SHORE BUILDINGS
CONTRACTOR : HOW UNITED, BEMCO
SYSTEM: BMS
VALUE: QAR 2,000,000.00
PROJECT: PARCEL 13A & 13B
CONTRACTOR : BARZAN ENGINEERING SERVICES
SYSTEM: HOME AUTOMATION SYSTEM
VALUE: QAR 4,000,000.00
PROJECT: CIVIL DEFENCE HEADQUATERS BUILDING
CONTRACTOR : TRAGS
SYSTEM: LCS & CBS
VALUE: QAR 700,000.00
PROJECT: LEKHWIYA STADIUM
CONTRACTOR : STRUCTURAL QATAR
SYSTEM: LCS
VALUE: QAR 500,000.00
PROJECT: LAGOONA PLAZA
CONTRACTOR : AL-SEAL CONTRACTING
SYSTEM: BMS
VALUE: QAR 1,000,000.00
PROJECT: BARWA VILLAGE
CONTRACTOR : PIONEER CONTRACTING
SYSTEM: BMS
VALUE: QAR 500,000.00
PROJECT: BARWA BANK
CONTRACTOR : BIN THANI ELECTROMECHANICAL
SYSTEM: BMS
VALUE: QAR 500,000.00